<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Dissident Voice &#187; Terrorism</title>
	<atom:link href="http://dissidentvoice.org/category/terrorism/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://dissidentvoice.org</link>
	<description>a radical newsletter in the struggle for peace and social justice</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 21 Nov 2009 20:26:15 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=2.8.4</generator>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
			<item>
		<title>Post-War Internment Hell</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/post-war-internment-hell/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/post-war-internment-hell/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2009 16:00:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Ron Ridenour</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Genocide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Racism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Revolution]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Solidarity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Lanka]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[United Nations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[War Crimes]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=12043</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[“The impunity with which the Sri Lankan government is able to commit these crimes [referring to 2009 war atrocities, including brutal internment of 300,000 Tamils] actually unveils the deeply ingrained racist prejudice that is precisely what led to the marginalization and alienation of the Tamils of Sri Lanka in the first place. That racism has [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>“The impunity with which the Sri Lankan government is able to commit these crimes [referring to 2009 war atrocities, including brutal internment of 300,000 Tamils] actually unveils the deeply ingrained racist prejudice that is precisely what led to the marginalization and alienation of the Tamils of Sri Lanka in the first place. That racism has a long history – of social ostracism, economic blockades, pogroms and torture. The nature of the decades-long civil war, which started as a peaceful protest, has its roots in this,” <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2009/apr/01/sri-lanka-india-tamil-tigers ">wrote</a> author Arundhati Roy.  </p>
<p>“&#8217;This is something similar to what occurred in Gaza or worse, because neither observers nor journalists had access to the war zone,&#8217; stated a UN source who asked for anonymity. The army acknowledges that 6,200 soldiers and 22,000 guerrillas died in the last three years of the longest civil war in Asia. The UN affirms that between 80,000 and 100,000 persons died in the conflict,” <a href="http://www.aporrea.org/imprime/a79295.html">wrote</a> Elisa Reche of <em>Prensa Marea Socialista</em>. </p>
<p>“During the war,” Reche continued, “the army had 200,000 troops. Now with peace, 100,000 are being incorporated… A strange peace it is that requires more troops than in actual combat.”  </p>
<p>More troops are needed because systematic ethnic cleansing is now the order of the day for the Tamil people. Their Homeland will be obliterated by introducing more Sinhalese settlers. The same strategy, as John Pilger pointed out, that Israel uses against Palestinians.  </p>
<p>This is what M.K. Bhadrakumar, an ambassador for India who served in Sri Lanka and other countries, <a href="http://axisoflogic.com/artman/publish/Article_55839.shtml">wrote</a> about the day after Sri Lanka declared victory. </p>
<blockquote><p>See, they have already solved the Tamil problem in the eastern provinces… The Tamils are no more the majority community in these provinces. Similarly, from tomorrow, they will commence a concerted, steady colonization program of the Northern provinces where Prabhakaran reigned supreme for two decades. They will ensure incrementally that the northern regions no more remain as Tamil provinces… Give them a decade at the most. The Tamil problem will become a relic of the bloody history of the Indian sub-continent.</p></blockquote>
<p>Ethnic cleansing goes hand-in-hand with the policy of imprisoning and mistreating hundreds of thousands of Tamils. For more than a year before its military victory, the Sri Lanka government enticed Tamils, wishing to flee the war zone, into so-called “welfare” centers or villages. Tens of thousands became “Internally Displaced Persons” (IDP), and are thus subject to United Nations regulations concerning decent living conditions, food and water, freedom of movement and the right to leave and rejoin families. All these rights and necessities have been denied them.  </p>
<p>“Really if I starve the Tamils out, the Sinhala people will be happy,” President J.R. told the <em>Daily Telegraph</em>, (UK) on July 11, 1983. </p>
<p>A quarter-century later, the current president is striving to fulfill his predecessor’s genocidal intentions. Mahinda Rajapakse has claimed that no IDP is held against his/her will and all are treated well. However, the few United Nations visitors—there are no official investigators into abuses since the Human Rights Council majority blocked such a possibility—who come to observe have quite another picture. </p>
<p>When UN’s political chief, Lynn Pascoe, visited camps in September he <a href="http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601080&#038;sid=a_SMjax2xKq8">said</a> people were not free or well treated… &#8220;this kind of closed regime goes directly against the principles under which we work in assisting IDPs all around the world.&#8221; </p>
<p>Rajapakse told Pascoe another tale about “free movement”. He said that detention was necessary because the army was clearing the area for mines, and it was still looking for guerrillas hiding among civilians. However, as the UN resident coordinator reported, and Amnesty International<a href="http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601080&#038;sid=a_SMjax2xKq8">quoted</a>: “Under international humanitarian law, captured combatants…may be held pending the cessation of hostilities. Once active hostilities have ceased, prisoners of war must be released &#8216;without delay.&#8217;” </p>
<p>At of July, there were 9,400 individuals with purported links to the LTTE held separately from the rest of the population. They have not been released nearly half-a-year after internment. </p>
<p>Amnesty International also reported that the camps are clearly militarized. The 19-member Presidential Task Force established in mid-May “to plan and coordinate resettlement, rehabilitation and development of the Northern Province” is headed Major General CA Chandrasiri, who was also appointed governor of the province. All inmates are enclosed by barbed-wire fences, guarded and brutalized by well-armed soldiers.  </p>
<p>“Arrests have been reported from the camps and Sri Lankan human rights defenders have alleged that enforced disappearances have also occurred,” wrote Amnesty. </p>
<p>“Sri Lanka’s history of large-scale enforced disappearances dating back to the 1980s, and the lack of independent monitoring… raises grave concerns that enforced disappearances and other violations of human rights may be occurring… Previous research [shows] that [persons] suspected by the government of being members or supporters of LTTE are at grave risk of extrajudicial executions, enforced disappearance, and torture, cruel, inhumane and degrading treatment.” </p>
<p>“Although the government calls these facilities &#8216;welfare villages,&#8217; they are effectively detention camps…” Amnesty International also reported that not only are people not free to move as they wish, women and girls are raped by soldiers, and people live in sewage, disease-infested conditions, with little food and water and medical attention. They die in droves because of these imposed conditions. </p>
<p>Women and children are especially mistreated, which was the subject that James Elder, spokesperson for UNICEF, complained about to Sri Lankan authorities, who then expelled him from the country. Elder <a href="www.csmonitor.com/2009/0921/p06s06-wosc.htm">described</a> the “unimaginable suffering” of children caught in the fighting, including babies he had seen with shrapnel wounds. </p>
<p>United Nations Secretary General Ban Ki-moon had refrained from criticizing Sri Lanka’s government, leveling his critique only at LTTE for carrying out atrocities. But when he briefly visited one camp less than a week after the end of the war, he said:</p>
<p>“I have traveled around the world and visited similar places, but this is by far the most appalling scenes I have seen…I sympathize fully with all of the displaced persons,” UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon told CNN after visiting Manik Farm, the most presentable of Sri Lanka’s squalid and dangerous internment camps for Tamils civilians. The UN Chief has also <a href="http://malaysiasms.wordpress.com/2009/05/25/sri-lanka%E2%80%99s-camps-%E2%80%98most-appalling%E2%80%99-in-the-world-%E2%80%93-ban-ki-moon/">promised</a> international action regarding the heavy shelling of civilian populations during the recent fighting. </p>
<p>Out of the 280,000 IDPs after the end of the war (there were nearly one-half million over a year’s period), only between 15,000 and 40,000 had been released by November 1. Half of them, perhaps, have been ransomed. The <em>Sunday Times</em> wrote about “human trafficking at the internment camps.” Relatives were <a href="dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/doing-the-right-thing-in-sri-lanka/">made to pay</a> camp authorities in order to secure their release. </p>
<p><strong>Future</strong></p>
<p>A week after the end of the war, the LTTE communicated that several of its leaders were killed, but the organization would continue struggling for an independent Tamil Eelam in peaceful ways. July 22, the LTTE <a href="http://www.tamilnation.org/ltte/international_relations/090722kp_leader.htm ">announced</a> that its chief of international relations, Selvarsa Pathmanathan—known as KP—was made the new leader, and that a new strategy for a “free Tamil Eelam” would occur.  On August 8, England’s <em>The Independent</em> <a href="http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/new-tamil-tiger-overseas-head-captured-1769210.html">wrote</a> that Pathmanathan was under arrest by Sri Lanka and held incommunicado. </p>
<p>For us solidarity activists, left-wing organizations, and governments considered to be progressive-socialist-communist-revolutionary, I believe that our task must be to press for the lives and rights of the Tamil people. Australia’s Democratic Socialist Perspective and Socialist Alliance said it well in its October 2009 international situation <a href="http://www.dsp.org.au/node/229">report</a>:</p>
<blockquote><p>Now the Tamil struggle has entered a new phase. The immediate campaign must focus on defence of basic human rights, release and resettlement of the Internally Displaced Persons currently held in SL government concentration camps, an end to murders, torture, rapes, and provision of basic housing, food and drinking water to the Tamil people under brutal occupation.</p></blockquote>
<p>As a solidarity activist, who advocates the right to resist and the necessity to conduct armed struggle once peaceful means fail to induce oppressive and terrorist governments to engage in a process aimed at peace with justice, I condemn all perpetrators of terrorism and demand they change tactics to ones that are morally in accordance with our ideology for socialism, for justice with equality.</p>
<p>I find that most, if not all, armed movements commit acts of atrocities, even acts of terror in the long course of warfare. This has sometimes been the case with FARC and PFLP, for instance. But I support them in their righteous struggle. They are up against, as was the more brutal LTTE, much greater military and economic forces that practice state terror endemically. Remember the ANC in South Africa’s war for liberation. They committed much the same.</p>
<p>The main reason why I am on their side, why I have been a leftist solidarity activist and writer for nearly half-a-century is a matter of basic ethics. I define ethics in this way: Life shall not be abused or destroyed by our conscious hand—without being attacked, invaded, oppressed beyond bare. A moral person, organization, political party, government acts in daily life and in the struggle for justice with that ethic in mind. These are my thoughts on morality.</p>
<p>1. We act to so that no one person, race or ethnic group is either over or under another.<br />
2. In combat against oppressors and invaders, we do not kill non-combatant civilians nor forcefully recruit them, or use them as hostages.<br />
3. We struggle to create equality for all.<br />
4. We abolish all profit-making based upon the exploitation of labor or the oppression of any person, group of people or class. Instead, we build an economy based upon principles of justice and equality, one in which no one goes hungry, sharing equitably our resources and production.<br />
5. We struggle to create a political system based upon participation where all have a voice in decision-making of vital matters, in local, national and international policies.<br />
6. We struggle to eliminate alienation in each of us.</p>
<p>After following liberated Cuba for half-a-century, having lived and worked there for eight years, I find that during its guerrilla struggle, which fortunately only lasted two years, it acted in a moral manner. Cuba’s revolutionary armed struggle was exceptional in this way. The Vietnamese struggle against the invaders of France and the USA was so conducted as well. There are a few other examples: the original Sandinistas is, perhaps, one.</p>
<p>I think that the key reason why so many millions of people the world love and respect Che Guevara is because of his moral stance, of his example as a just revolutionary leader. I conclude this all-too-long essay with these oft-quoted words from Che’s <em>Socialism and Man</em>.</p>
<blockquote><p>At the risk of seeming ridiculous, let me say that the true revolutionary is guided by a great feeling of love… Our vanguard revolutionaries must idealize this love of the people, the most sacred cause, and make it one and indivisible… one must have a great deal of humanity and a strong sense of justice and truth in order not to fall into extreme dogmatism and cold scholasticism, into an isolation from the masses. We must strive every day so that this love of living humanity will be transformed into actual deeds, into acts that serve as examples, as a moving force.</p></blockquote>
<li>Read <a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/cuba-alba-let-down-sri-lanka-tamils/">Part 1</a>, <a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/tamil-eelam-historical-right-to-nationhood/">2</a>, and <a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/equal-rights-or-self-determination/">3</a>, and <a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/the-terrorists-international-support-for-sri-lankas-racist-discrimination/">4</a>.</li>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/post-war-internment-hell/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Equal Rights or Self-Determination</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/equal-rights-or-self-determination/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/equal-rights-or-self-determination/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2009 16:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Ron Ridenour</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Capitalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Communism/Marxism/Maoism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[History]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Lanka]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=12040</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[&#8220;At independence, in 1948, the new political elite, in its rush for power, cultivated ethnic support in a society whose real imperative should have been the eradication of poverty. Language became the spark,” journalist-documentary filmmaker John Pilger recently wrote.1 
The Tamil people in Sri Lanka had expectations that they would achieve equal rights and power [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&#8220;At independence, in 1948, the new political elite, in its rush for power, cultivated ethnic support in a society whose real imperative should have been the eradication of poverty. Language became the spark,” journalist-documentary filmmaker John Pilger recently wrote.<sup>1</sup> </p>
<p>The Tamil people in Sri Lanka had expectations that they would achieve equal rights and power with the Sinhalese once independence was won from the British colonialists. As the independence movement was winning over colonialization there was no talk of any Tamil separatism. </p>
<p>Even before the defeat of the Axis powers, Britain prepared to decolonize Ceylon. In 1943, the colonial secretary of state stated that a constitution would be drafted will all parties involved. A condition would be that “The Parliament of Ceylon shall not make any law rendering persons of any community or religion liable to disabilities or restrictions to which persons of other communities are not made liable &#8230;&#8221;<sup>2</sup> </p>
<p>Britain established the Soulbury Commission in 1944. The leading Sinhalese politician was D.S. Senanayake—a conservative, who founded, in 1946, the rightist pro-independence and pro-capitalist United National Party (UNP). Senanayake became known as the “Father of Sri Lanka.” He convinced a leading Tamil politician, G.G. Ponnamblam—who founded the All Ceylon Tamil Congress (ACTC), in 1944—to partake in independence negotiations.   </p>
<p>Another provision of the Soulbury Commission (Constitution) was that any bill which evoked &#8220;serious opposition by any racial or religious community and which, in the opinion of the Governor-General is likely to involve oppression or serious injustice to any community must be reserved by the Governor-General.&#8221; </p>
<p>The vote on the third reading of the &#8220;Free Lanka&#8221; bill was supported by all the Muslim members and by most Tamil and Sinhalese groups. “Some of the other minority members who did not want to openly support the bill took care to be absent or abstain. Finally, the debate and the vote of acceptance on the eighth and ninth of September 1945 was the most significant indication of general reconciliation among the ethnic and regional groups. Far exceeding the 3/4 majority required by the Soulbury Commission, Senanayake had 51 votes in favor, and only three votes against the adoption of the constitution. The vote was &#8216;in many ways a vote of confidence by all communities…and the minorities were as anxious as the majority for self-government.&#8217;”  </p>
<blockquote><p>
Senanayake&#8217;s speech in proposing the motion of acceptance made reference to the minorities and said  &#8230; &#8220;throughout this period the Ministers had in view one objective only, the attainment of maximum freedom. Accusations of Sinhalese domination have been bandied about. We can afford to ignore them for it must be plain to every one that what we sought was not Sinhalese domination, but Ceylonese domination. We devised a scheme that gave heavy weightage to the minorities; we deliberately protected them against discriminatory legislation. We vested important powers in the Governor-General&#8230; We decided upon an Independent Public Service Commission so as to give assurance that there should be no communalism in the Public Service. I do not normally speak as a Sinhalese, and I do not think that the Leader of this Council ought to think of himself as a Sinhalese representative, but for once I should like to speak as a Sinhalese and assert with all the force at my command that the interests of one community are the interests of all. We are one of another, what ever race or creed.&#8221;</p></blockquote>
<p>The first national election was held August 23-September 30, 1947.  1,887, 364 people voted for 95 MP (members of parliament). There were six parties and many independents. The results were:  </p>
<p>UNP with 39.8% (42 MPs)</p>
<p>LSSP 10.8% (10)</p>
<p>BLPI 6% (5)</p>
<p>ACTC 4.4% (7)</p>
<p>CIC 3.8% (6)</p>
<p>CPC 3.7% (3)</p>
<p>Labor 1.4% (1)</p>
<p>Independents 29% (16)<sup>3</sup> </p>
<p>“We are one of another, whatever race or creed,” swore the “Father” of the new independent State. It looked good for all ethnic and religious groups, but then the deceit became evident with the new citizenship act.</p>
<p>On February 4, 1948, the new government introduced the Ceylon Citizenship Bill before Parliament. The outward purpose of the bill was to provide a means of obtaining citizenship, but I think its real purpose was to discriminate against the Indian Tamils by denying them citizenship. The Ceylon Citizenship Act no. 18, August 20, 1948 denied citizenship to 11% of the population.</p>
<p>Although the All Ceylon Tamil Congress opposed the bill, it had joined with the UNP. This provoked half of its members to form the Federal Party, led by SJV Chelvanayakam. Next year, the Indian and Pakistani Residents Act, no.3, disenfranchised nearly all Tamils, who were originally from India. Their seven MPs were kicked out of parliament and there were no Indian Tamils in the 1952 parliament elections. It wasn’t until 1988 that the Sri Lanka government granted citizenship to stateless persons, who hadn’t applied for Indian citizenship. In 2003, 168,141 descendants of Indian Tamils were allowed citizenship.</p>
<p>The new government allowed Sinhalese to appropriate land on the Tamil traditional homeland in the north and east. Entire villages were driven out—ethnic cleansing—which the Sinhalese settled, aiming to break a geographic continuity of the Tamil homeland.<sup>4</sup>  Within time, Sinhalese settlers had taken over 30% of Tamil lands and homes—a la Israel in Palestine.  </p>
<p>In 1956, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sinhala_Only_Act">The Sinhala Only Act</a> became law. It mandated Sinhala as “the sole official language”, which, at that time was spoken by 70% of the population.  </p>
<blockquote><p>Supporters of the law saw it as an attempt by a community that had just gained independence to distance themselves from their colonial masters, while its opponents viewed it as an attempt by the linguistic majority to oppress and assert dominance on minorities. The Act symbolizes the post independent majority Sinhalese to assert its Sri Lanka&#8217;s identity as a nation state, and for Tamils, it became a symbol of minority oppression and a justification for them to demand a separate nation state, which resulted in decades of civil war.</p></blockquote>
<p>Tamils protested the discriminatory law by using Gandhian tactics of non-violent sit-ins. Although stated advocates of non-violence, Buddhist monks led Sinhalese mobs against Tamils.</p>
<blockquote><p><a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gal_Oya_riots">The Gal Oya riots</a>… were the first ethnic riots that targeted the minority Sri Lankan Tamils… The riots took place from June 11, 1956 and occurred over the next five days. Local majority Sinhalese colonists and employees of the Gal Oya settlement board commandeered government vehicles, dynamite and weapons and massacred minority Tamils… It is estimated that over 150 people lost their lives due in the violence. Although initially inactive, the Police and the Army were eventually able to re-take control of the situation and brought the riots under control.</p></blockquote>
<p>Tamil political leader SJV Chelvanayagam began to organize a massive <em>Satyagraha</em> (non-violent resistance). In order to avoid even more bloodshed, Prime Minister Solomon Bandaranayaka signed an agreement with Chelvanayagam promising to restore Tamil as the (or one of two) official language(s) in its minority areas. This infuriated many Sinhalese, especially monks, and they assaulted and sometimes killed Tamils in many areas. Buddhist monks even besieged the official residence of Bandaranayaka demanding that he abandoned the agreement, which he did. But, in 1958, the Sinhalese-led parliament, pressed by the violence and the pro-Moscow and Trotskyist Sinhalese parties, passed an amendment to the Sinhala Only Act (called “Sinhala Only, Tamil Also”) restoring Tamil as a co-official language in their areas of the North and East. Frustrated at the compromise, Sinhalese mobs murdered 200-300 Tamils, including some Sinhalese who gave Tamils refuge. Many Tamil women were raped and some Tamil boys were stripped, bound, and burned alive. This violent hatred evokes the  lynching and burning alive of black people by whites in the southern USA. </p>
<p>Some Buddhists were angry that the Sinhalese Prime Minister Bandaranayaka had tried to compromise with Tamils. In 1959, a Buddhist monk assassinated him.</p>
<p>The language law had its intended effect. In 1955, the civil service had been largely made of Tamils, who had benefited more than Sinhalese from western style education provided by missionaries. This fact was used by populist Sinhalese politicians to come to power—or retain power—on the promise of providing more civil service jobs to Sinhalese by demanding that their language be the only one used in public service.  By 1970, the civil service was almost entirely Sinhalese. Thousands of Tamil civil servants were forced to resign due to lack of fluency in Sinhala. In the1960s, government forms and services were virtually unavailable to Tamils.</p>
<p>Confrontation became the modus operandi; Sinhalese were the Zionists and Tamils the  Palestinians!</p>
<p>It is important to stress, especially with progressive-revolutionary governments, such as the ALBA alliance in Latin America, and their supporters throughout the world, that the Tamils’ history in Sri Lanka is one of constant and widespread discrimination. They are also subjects to a policy of genocide as defined by the United Nations.<sup>5</sup> </p>
<p>Sri Lanka made world headlines in 1960 when a woman, Sirimavo RD Bandaranaike, was elected prime minister—the world’s first female leader.  Being the widow of the martyr and founder of the Sri Lanka Freedom Party (SLFP) was an asset. She immediately brought Sri Lanka into the Non-Alignment Movement, founded in 1961.  The originators—India’s Nehru, Egypt’s Nasser, Yugoslavia’s Tito and Ghana’s Nkrumah—sought support for each other’s sovereignty without aligning with either super-power bloc at that time.<sup>6</sup> </p>
<p>Nevertheless, Sri Lankan leaders of both predominantly Sinhala major parties continued to be dependent upon economic and military ties with India, the US, the UK, and Israel. Social welfare programs were carried out within a capitalist economic structure. This was a cause for radical opposition. In 1971, thousands of Sinhalese students, and Indian Tamil plantation workers, under the leadership of a new nationalistic and Marxist-oriented political party, Janatha Vimukthi Peramana (<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Janatha_Vimukthi_Peramuna">JVP</a>), translated as Peoples Liberation Front, engaged in anti-government clashes. Fifteen thousand protestors were killed in the uprising. </p>
<p>Once in power, Bandaranaike’s widow did not alter the Sinhalese <a href="http://www.tamilnation.org/selfdetermination/tamileelam/9202reversion.htm">policy of genocide</a>: “…an ingenious device was resorted to deprive the Tamils of the constitutional safeguards and the characteristics of the conditional polity. A coalition of three Sinhalese political parties, led by Mrs. Sirimavo R.D.Bandaranaike, called upon the people to give a mandate [in the 1970 General Elections, during her second term] for a new Constituent Assembly to scrap the 1948 dominion polity and create a new Republic of Sri Lanka. Whilst the voters in the seven Sinhalese provinces gave Mrs.Bandaranaike the mandate that she had requested, the Tamil voters in the Northern and Eastern Provinces summarily rejected her call. In the North and East, a mere 14% of the votes polled supported the call for a new constituent Assembly.” </p>
<p>Laws protecting rights of racial and religious minorities were abandoned and Buddhism was made the   constitutional religion of Sri Lanka.</p>
<p>Sinhalese claimed 5000 acres in the Tamil farmland “Nochikulam” as theirs, renaming it “Nochiyagama.” Next year, 10,738 Sinhalese families settled in Trincomalee illegally.</p>
<p>“The sovereignty of the Tamil people (who were ethnically, geographically and linguistically separately identifiable and distinct) revived.” </p>
<p>With this setback, a reinvigorated ACTC joined with the Federal Party, in 1972, to form the Tamil United Front (TUF). Separatism or autonomy now became the cry for nearly all Tamils, who sought an Eelam part of Sri Lanka. Thirty Tamil militant groups emerged. </p>
<p>“The <a href="http://www.sangam.org/taraki/articles/2006/05-03_Eelam_Ilankai.php?uid=1707">operative part</a> is Thamil Eelam and it means the Tamil part of Eelam. The term Eelam is a synonym for Sri Lanka and has been in use in Tamil literature right from the Cankam Period dating as far back as 200 B.C. to circa 250 A.D.” </p>
<p>The second government of Sirimavo Bandaranaike enacted a discriminatory double standard law for admission grades to universities, requiring Tamil students to achieve higher grades than Sinhalese. </p>
<p>Throughout the 1970s, Sinhalese mobs clashed—with impunity—not only with Tamils but also Muslim Moors. In 1976, Sinhalese burned 271 houses and 44 shops, murdering a score of Muslims.  </p>
<p>In 1976, the Tamil United Front Party changed its name to the Tamil United Liberation Front (<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tamil_United_Liberation_Front">TUFP</a>) at the Vattukottai Conference, and adopted a demand for an independent sovereign state in traditional Tamil homeland in the north and east to be known as the “secular, socialist state of Tamil Eelam.”<sup>7</sup>  </p>
<p>By 1975, Tamil militancy increased with the birth of the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), led by Velupillai Prabhakaran, who considered himself a Marxist and follower of Che Guevara. The LTTE engaged in small armed clashes with the military.</p>
<p>The conservative UNP won a landslide victory in the July 1977 elections. But the pro-independence TULF won 6.4% of the popular vote, winning all 14 seats in the Tamil homeland area, and four more seats of the 168-member parliament. In response to Tamil’s peaceful struggle and its parliamentary victory, Sinhalese mobs, led by Buddhist monks, again destroyed many Tamil homes and shops and murdered up to 300 Tamils.</p>
<p>In July 1978, the UNP, led by Prime Minister Junius Richard Jayewardene, changed the constitution and renamed the country the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. An executive presidency was established, allowing the president greater powers than the prime minister, whom the president now appoints. The president is also the commander-in-chief and head of the cabinet. He can dissolve parliament and has judicial impunity.  </p>
<p>Jayewardene became the first president and appointed Ramasinghe Premadosa (UNP) prime minister. Despite the new name, “democratic socialist republic,” the capitalist government began deregulating much of what had been government run enterprises. Private enterprise was priority.</p>
<p>On May 31, 1981, the TULF held a rally in Jaffna in the north. Police clashed with Tamils and two policemen were killed. For three days, Sinhalese mobs, policemen, and soldiers went on a rampage. Several Tamils were taken from their homes and killed. The TULF headquarters, a newspaper office, presses, and shops were destroyed. Worst of all was the total destruction of the Jaffna library and its 97,000 volumes of books and irreplaceable historical manuscripts, some made of palm leaves. It is now well known that the fire that destroyed this unique institution of the Tamils in their homeland was masterminded by a handful of ministers of the Sinhala Government in Colombo, who were present in Jaffna the night of the fire.</p>
<p>“The national newspapers did not carry information about the incident and in subsequent parliamentary debates some majority Sinhalese members reminded minority Tamil politicians that if Tamils were unhappy in Sri Lanka, they should leave for their homeland in India. This is a direct <a href="http://www.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burning_of_Jaffna_library">quotation</a> from United National Party member MP WJM Lokubandara:</p>
<p>&#8220;If there is discrimination in this land which is not their (Tamil) homeland, then why try to stay here? Why not go back home (India) where there would be no discrimination?” </p>
<p>“Twenty years later, the mayor of Jaffna, Nadarajah Raviraj, still grieved at the recollection of the flames he saw as a University student. He was later killed by unknown gunmen in the capital Colombo, in 2006.” </p>
<p><strong>Civil War and LTTE</strong></p>
<p>By summer 1983, the then small guerrilla army of LTTE was well settled in most northern and eastern areas. Their first major assault against the state’s military took place at Jaffna peninsula, July 24. LTTE ambushed a convoy of soldiers passing through land mines and killed 15. </p>
<p>This could have been in response to many random attacks upon Tamils in various areas. One example is in Trincomalee where, on 10 April 1983, a young Tamil died in police custody after having been held without charge for two weeks. At the judicial inquest into his death, on May 31, the Jaffna Magistrate returned a verdict of homicide. Three days later, the government changed the rules permitting the police to bury or cremate bodies without a post mortem or an inquest.</p>
<p>Amnesty International cabled President Jayawardene expressing concern that such a regulation could give rise to grave human rights violations and appealed to him to rescind it. But he did not.  On the contrary, on June 3, 1983, the day that the new Emergency Regulation was brought into effect, the attacks on the Tamils in Trincomalee commenced in earnest.</p>
<p>R. Sampanthan, M.P. for Trincomalee, described that mobs of Sinhalese went from village to village setting fire to Tamil houses and shops. A particular modus operandi was observed. Heavily armed service personnel would enter a Tamil area and carry out a search alleging that explosions and dangerous weapons were hidden in that area. Invariably nothing would be recovered other than implements that would normally be available in any house. Sometimes Tamil youths would be arrested on &#8220;suspicion&#8221; and taken for questioning. After a month of many pogrom raids, the LTTE struck the army convoy.</p>
<p>That night and for weeks Sinhalese rampaged against Tamils, especially in the Colombo area where some Tamils youths were stripped naked and burned alive in petrol. Black July ended with between 2000 and 3000 dead Tamils, among them 53 prisoners, including key political leaders, who were murdered by Sinhalese prisoners at Welikadai. One political prisoner, Kuttimani, had his eyes gouged out and stomped upon under a soldier’s boots.</p>
<p>One hundred thousand Tamils were <a href="http://www.blackjuly83.com/FurtherReading.htm">rendered</a> homeless and that many and more fled to India. </p>
<p>Even non-violent advocates of separatism or independence, such as the TULF, were pushed out of the democratic process. The Sixth Amendment to the Constitution, enacted in August 1983, classified all separatist movements as unconstitutional. That meant that all its members of parliament—16 then—lost their seats. Thousands of Tamil youth joined militant armed groups, especially the LTTE, which became the most disciplined and well organized.  </p>
<p>Throughout the 1980s and 1990s, the LTTE established a de facto state, called Tamil Eelam, and managed a government, which provided a judicial court system, a police force, and social assistance in health and education and for the poorest. LTTE ran a bank, a radio station (Voice of Tigers), even a television station. Guerrilla leaders helped organize small cooperative farming units based on traditional methods. The LTTE dismantled the caste system and officially stopped discrimination against women. The LTTE organized a civilian administration under its command. There was order and peace in these areas, as long as everyone obeyed and when the Sri Lanka army did not bomb.  </p>
<p>In the 1980s, there was much discontent in other parts of Sri Lanka. Radical Sinhalese youths, such as the JVP, demanded going further towards socialism. In 1987, JVP engaged in another armed uprising. But after 1989, it entered into parliamentary politics. It participated in the 1994 parliamentary general election and joined conservative and liberal party coalitions in opposing equal rights with Tamils.  </p>
<p>Ranasinghe Premadasa was prime minister from February 1978 to January 1, 1989, under President Jayewardene, and then he became president until his assassination on Mayday 1993. Many Sinhalese elitists thought he was too common to be their leader and too compromising with Tamils. Controversial policies under his terms included the matter of language, ethnic cleansing, and the role of India in internal affairs. The first controversy was the constitutional amendment allowing “equality” of languages in the Tamil areas: “National languages shall be Sinhala and Tamil,” although, “The official language of Sri Lanka shall be Sinhala. Tamil shall also be an official language. English shall be a link language.”</p>
<p>This compromise spoke in double tongues. Why not just make Sinhala and Tamil equally official, as India has done with a score of languages?</p>
<p><strong>Alienated Tamils </strong>                                                             </p>
<p>Even a U.S. Library of Congress study characterized Tamils as alienated. In 1988, it published, <em>SriLanka: a Country Study</em>. In the chapter entitled, “Tamil Alienation,” the authors <a href="http://countrystudies.us/sri-lanka/71.htm">wrote</a>: </p>
<blockquote><p>Moderate as well as militant Sri Lankan Tamils have regarded the policies of successive Sinhalese governments in Colombo with suspicion and resentment since at least the mid-1950s, when the &#8220;Sinhala Only&#8221; language policy was adopted… </p>
<p>Several issues provided the focus for Sri Lankan Tamil alienation and widespread support, particularly within the younger generation, for extremist movements…Sinhalese still remained the higher-status &#8220;official language,&#8221; and inductees into the civil service were expected to acquire proficiency in it. Other areas of disagreement concerned preference given to Sinhalese applicants for university admissions and public employment, and allegations of government encouragement of Sinhalese settlement in Tamil-majority areas.</p></blockquote>
<p>“Government-sponsored settlement of Sinhalese in the northern or eastern parts of the island, traditionally considered to be Tamil regions, has been perhaps the most immediate cause of inter-communal violence. There was, for example, an official plan in the mid-1980s to settle 30,000 Sinhalese in the dry zone of Northern Province, giving each settler land and funds to build a house and each community armed protection in the form of rifles and machine guns. Tamil spokesmen accused the government of promoting a new form of ‘colonialism’,&#8221; but the Jayewardene government asserted that no part of the island could legitimately be considered an ethnic homeland and thus closed to settlement from outside. Settlement schemes were popular with the poorer and less fortunate classes of Sinhalese.”  </p>
<p>Che Guevara made no bones about the significance of alienation: “…the ultimate and most important revolutionary aspiration (is) to see man liberated from his alienation.”<sup>8</sup>  </p>
<p><strong>India’s Vacillating Role</strong></p>
<p>The role of India in Sri Lanka’s civil war was a major problem. India’s Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi, son of assassinated Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, first supported the LTTE. His air force even dropped 25 tons of aid in their territory in Jaffna (Operation Poomalai). A month following this, the Indo-Sri Lanka Peace Accord was signed between Gandhi and the reluctant Prime Minister Ranasinghe Presmadasa, under pressure from his president, JR Jayewardene. The July 29, 1987 accord was expected to resolve the ongoing civil war. Colombo agreed to devolution of power to the Tamil provinces, and its military was to withdraw in exchange for the Tamil rebels’ disarmament. The LTTE had not been made party to the talks but reluctantly agreed to surrender arms to the Indian Peace Keeping Force. Within a few months, however, both sides flared into an active confrontation. Indian soldiers died in far greater numbers than Tamil rebels: 1,500 killed and 4,500 wounded.</p>
<p>In January 1989, Premadasa was elected President on a popular platform promising that the Indian Peace Keeping Force would leave within three months. The police action was unpopular in India as well, especially with some 50 million Tamil Nadu people. Gandhi refused to withdraw India’s troops, however, believing that the only way to end the civil war was to politically force Premadasa and to militarily force the LTTE to accept the accord. But, in December 1989, Vishwanath Pratap Singh was elected India’s Prime Minister and completed the pullout. </p>
<p>On May 21, 1991, in an act of revenge over India’s militarist actions, a female LTTE member blew up <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajiv_Gandhi">Rajiv Gandhi</a> in a suicide bomb attack.  In 1992, India became the first government, even before Sri Lanka, to declare the LTTE a terrorist group.</p>
<p>President Premadasa resumed the civil war, which became stalemated. Many forces were angry with him, including a rival Sinhalese leader Lalith Athulathmudali, who sought an impeachment motion against Premadasa, in 1991. Lalith was an adamant supporter of Zionism.</p>
<blockquote><p>
When Athulathmudali, a pro-Israeli power broker, challenged Premadasa two years ago with an impeachment motion in the parliament, Premadasa openly accused Mossad, the intelligence agency of Israel, of trying to topple him. In his address to the Sri Lankan parliament, Premadasa said</a>,</p>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;…I had Israeli interests section removed. In such a context there is nothing to be surprised about the Mossad rising up against me. Please remember that there are among us traitors who have gone to Israeli universities and lectured there and earned dirty money…&#8221;</p></blockquote>
</blockquote>
<p>cited Sachi Sri Kantha, quoting the prime minister in “<a href="http://www.sangam.org/2008/05/Premadasa_Assassination.php?uid=2906">The Puzzles in President Premadasa’s Assassination Revisited</a>.”</p>
<p>In April 1993, Athulathmudali was murdered. Eight days later, on Mayday, Premadasa was murdered. The LTTE did not claim responsibility for these assassinations but were so blamed by Sinhalese and the mass <a href="http://www.sangam.org/2008/05/Premadasa_Assassination.php?uid=2906">media</a>.</p>
<p>“When Athulathmudali was assassinated last April, the members of his party immediately accused Premadasa for ordering the killing. The murder of Premadasa could have been a return hit planned and executed by the Mossad which had lost its major card in Sri Lankan politics.” </p>
<p>The second Eelam war lasted from 1989 until November 1994 when the People’s Alliance (led by SLFP) candidate, Chandrika Bandaranaike Kumaratunga, won the presidency. But peace negotiations broke down and the war continued from 1995 until the end of 2001 when ceasefire negotiations made progress. But not before the LTTE proved to the Sri Lanka government and military, with 230,000 well armed troops, that it was its equal. With somewhere around 5000 guerrillas—along with a small Sea Tigers boat unit, which made some pirate hits for funding, and even a few light civilian aircraft, the Sky Tigers, which sometimes made damaging raids against the Air Force—the LTTE won many military victories.</p>
<p>The Sri Lankan military often bombed civilian Tamils in the LTTE-controlled zones. It claimed that they were legitimate “collateral damage” given that the guerrillas allegedly forced them to remain against their will. The civilian hostage charge was widely reported as truth by the west and its mass media, as was the allegation that the LTTE forces children into armed combat.</p>
<p>On January 31, 1996, the LTTE stunned the nation when it bombed the Central Bank in Colombo, which managed most financial business accounts. One suicide bomber with 200 kilos of explosions drove through the main gate and exploded, wiping out many bank floors and several other buildings. Behind him came a vehicle with two cadres firing rifles and launchers. They escaped but were later captured. Material damage was tremendous but more so was the loss of 53 lives and injuries to 1,400 people, most of them not military targets.</p>
<p>On July 24, 1996, LTTE forces bombed a commuter train killing 70 Sinhalese civilians. By the end of the 1990s, both sides had killed tens of thousands of people. Civilians were targeted by both sides. The Tigers claimed that civilians were targeted only when associated with military installations. But some attacks, such as the train, were unjustifiable. Furthermore, the LTTE has often murdered other Tamils who also seek autonomy but were not part of the LTTE or had made public critiques. It has, for example, <a href="http://www.wsws.org/articles/1999/aug1999/ltte-a02.shtml">killed</a> several leaders of the TULF. </p>
<p>On April 22, 2000 LTTE forces surprisingly overran Sri Lanka’s Elephant Pass military base on Jaffna. Over 1,000 troops were killed and huge quantities of arms and ammunition were taken.</p>
<p>On July 24, 2001, the LTTE again stunned the nation and the world when it <a href="http://www.janes.com/security/international_security/news/jir/jir010903_1_n.shtml">attacked</a> the only international <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bandaranaike_Airport_attack">airport</a> and the nearby military base.</p>
<blockquote><p>Around 3:30 am on July 24, 14 members of the LTTE Black Tiger suicide squad infiltrated Katunayake air base… After destroying electricity transformers to plunge the base in darkness they cut through the barbed wire surrounding the base to begin their assault. Using rocket propelled grenades, anti-tank weapons and assault rifles, the militants attacked the air force planes. They were not able to attack the aircraft in the hangars but did destroy eight military aircraft on the tarmac: three Nanchange K-8 trainer aircraft, one Mil Mi-17 helicopter, one Mil Mi-24 helicopter, two LAI Kfir fighter jets, and a Mig-27. Five K-8s and one MiG-27 were also damaged. A total of 26 aircraft were either damaged or destroyed in the attack.</p>
<p>Eight Tigers and three air force officers died in the battle at the air base. The six remaining LTTE members then crossed the runway to nearby Bandaranaike Airport. Using their weapons, they began blowing up any civilian aircraft they could find, which were all empty. One Airbus340 was destroyed by an explosive charge; an A330 was destroyed by a rocket fired from the control tower. In addition, an A320-200 and an A340-300 were damaged in the assault.” </p>
<p>All 14 guerrillas were killed, along with six Sri Lankan air force personnel and one soldier killed by friendly fire; 12 soldiers were injured, along with three Sri Lankan civilians and a Russian engineer… The cost of replacing the civilian aircraft was estimated at $350 million USD. The attack caused a slowdown in the economy of Sri Lanka, to about -1.4%. Tourism also plummeted, dropping 15.5% at the end of the year.</p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Cease Fire</strong></p>
<p>During two decades of civil war, the LTTE had several times offered a ceasefire on the condition of negotiations to establish peace and ethnic equality. With this military victory, the guerrilla army offered a unilateral ceasefire. Some national voices and many international ones were also pressing for a ceasefire. Norway took concrete steps, but it was this spectacular military victory and the loss to the economy that forced the government to the bargaining table.</p>
<p>The formal Ceasefire Agreement (CFA) was signed on February 22, 2002. Prime Minister Ranil Wickremasinghe and LTTE leader Velupillai Pirabakaran signed the agreement, alongside mediator Jan Petersen representing Norway’s foreign ministry.</p>
<p>Provisions provided for each side holding their ground positions. Neither side was to engage in any offensive military operation or move munitions into the area controlled by the other side. </p>
<p>The LTTE proposed an Interim Self-Government Authority (ISGA) to administer the Tamil homeland, pending final agreement and elections. The ceasefire was monitored by the Sri Lanka Monitoring Mission. It was staffed by designees from Norway, Sweden, Finland, Denmark and Iceland. The US, UK and other EU countries had observers. Headquarters were established in Colombo, and there were 60 monitors in six district teams and two naval ones. The SLMM monitored violations and mediated between the two parties but could not enforce sanctions. Many Sinhalese considered the Monitoring Mission, especially Norway, of being partial to the Tigers.</p>
<p>During the ceasefire, progress was made in agricultural development and general infrastructure in the Tamil Homeland. Many foreigners were invited to observe and participate in building Tamil Eelam. Impressive first-hand accounts have been written about the progress in many areas: administrative, economic and a social welfare network. While voices friendly to this process praised the advances made, many also questioned the lack of civilian input in the decision-making process.  </p>
<p>The LTTE did not emphasize an international political solidarity movement. It did appeal for economic donations, which poured to it, especially from Tamils in the Diaspora. The LTTE stopped speaking of Marxism or building a socialist independent state. It emphasized winning militarily—if Sri Lanka continued preventing an autonomous Tamil homeland—and constructing a social welfare state with cooperative and private enterprises. The Tigers became so respectable they could openly purchase weaponry from some countries not directly under the thumb of US-EU-Israel or their partial antagonists: China, Iran and Pakistan. A May 29, 2009 <em>Times Online</em> piece quotes the editor of Jane’s Terrorism and Insurgency Centre, saying that the LTTE used 11 merchant ships to deliver weapons, many of which they got from Bulgaria, Ukraine, Cyprus, Thailand and Croatia. Even the World Bank recognized the LTTE as an unofficial State, according to its representative in Sri Lanka, Peter Harrold, in 2005.</p>
<p>The LTTE was even building a Tamil University where Tamils in the Diaspora would have taught. I spoke with one of them, a man who had earned a doctorate degree in environmental science and taught in European universities. He frequently visited the homeland he had left three decades previously. He hoped that he would return and teach once the university would be opened.</p>
<p>An activist in independence forces using peaceful methods, he wished to remain anonymous. His impressions were that the Tigers were the dominating factor in civilian administration but that as long as no one objected one felt safe in the Homeland areas whenever Colombo’s armed forces were not bombing. He was critical that the LTTE armed forces had resorted to terrorist methods in their history, such as assassinating political critics. The professor, however, did not think the LTTE forced children into combat or used civilians as human shields, generally.</p>
<p>“Tigers were good people, intelligent and sensitive to people and nature. But contradictions did exist. They were a strange animal.”</p>
<p><strong>Cease Fire Ends</strong></p>
<p>On December 26, 2004, the greatest earthquake-tsunami ever recorded (9.3) hit Southeast Asia. Eleven countries were deeply affected: 230,000 were killed or missing. Sri Lanka was one of the worst disasters. About 40,000 people were killed or missing; 1.5 million were displaced from their homes. International aid poured in but did not arrive in the North and East due to Sinhalese political party opposition. The LTTE organized all the aid it could muster for hundreds of thousands in the Tamil homeland. Foreign volunteers and emergency relief organizations praised the LTTE for its effective and caring work. There are many <a href="http://www.tamilnation.org/diaspora/tsunami/sampavi2.htm">accounts</a> of this. </p>
<p>Mahinda Rajapakse was appointed prime minister April 6, 2004, and then elected President on November 19, 2005 with just 50.3% of the vote. He was the pro-war candidate of a new coalition, the United People’s Freedom Alliance (<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_People's_Freedom_Alliance">UPFA</a>).  Tamil political parties and many foreign relief groups accused Rajapakse of diverting Tsunami relief funds designated for their homeland. In this complex reality, those parties most adamant about refusing aid to suffering Tamils and who demanded an end to the ceasefire with the objective of launching an all-out war were those claiming to be either hard-core Marxist-Communist-Trotskyists or self-proclaimed non-violent Buddhists. </p>
<p>“<a href="http://www.facebook.com/group.php?gid=111022131146">United People&#8217;s Freedom Alliance</a> [is] undoubtedly the broadest coalition of progressive forces in the country. This coalition, which came into being in 2004 upon a platform of new liberal socio economic program and a resolve to defeat separatist terrorism, has since mobilized people around a social democratic agenda.”</p>
<p>This coalition is not just made up of alleged “progressives” but of “social” capitalists and self-styled “democratic socialists.” At the start, the coalition parties were: Sri Lanka Freedom Party, Janatha Vimukthi Peramuna, Sri Lanka Mahajana Pakshaya, Muslim National Unity Alliance, Mahajana Eksath Peramuna, Democratic United National Front, and Desha Vimukthi Janatha Party.</p>
<p>The Communist Party of Sri Lanka and the Lanka Sama Samaja Party signed a memorandum of understanding with the SLFP so their candidates would take part in parliamentary elections in the new coalition. They also joined the UPFA. On April 2, 2004, the alliance won 45.6% of the popular vote and took 105 out of 225 seats.</p>
<p>A Buddhist political party, the Jathika Hela Urumaya (JHU), was founded in February 2004 and participated in the 2004 parliamentary elections, winning 6% of the vote for nine seats. In 2007, it formally joined the hodge-podge UPFA coalition government and was given a ministry post.  </p>
<p>On April 3, 2008, JHU’s leader gave his <a href="http://www.voanews.com/english/archive/2008-04/2008-04-03-voa19.cfm">reasons</a> for warring against Tamils to the United States government financed Voice of America radio station. </p>
<blockquote><p>Athurliye Rathana, a Buddhist monk who heads the Jathika Hela Urumaya party in Sri Lanka&#8217;s parliament, wants to end the suffering by putting a quick end to the war.  Speaking with VOA at a seaside hotel in this former tourist haven, Rathana says he supports the government&#8217;s latest military offensive to quash the rebel Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam.</p>
<p>&#8220;Anytime a militant group is harmful to peaceful people, then government should have the right to exercise constitutional law and order,&#8221; Rathana said. &#8220;And, LTTE is unlawful and so, under our constitutional law, anyone cannot exercise militancy.  But [with] the LTTE separatist movement, the government has some duty to control their military activities.  I say only one thing, &#8216;Please do your duty.&#8217;&#8221;  </p>
<p>For comments like that, the Sri Lankan media has branded Rathana the &#8220;war monk,”&#8230; his sentiments are common in Sri Lanka&#8217;s majority ethnic Sinhala community.</p>
<p>Rathana is a celebrated figure in this predominantly Buddhist nation, where monks are cherished for their spiritual guidance. The pro-war activism of Rathana and others has spurred as many as 30,000 Sinhalese young men to join the army in the past few months.</p></blockquote>
<p>The UPFA alliance of apparently conflicting ideologies and economic policies is so strange that one can easily be confused about who is who and why their politics are such that they are. After a month’s research, having begun as a total novice to this region, I am unclear about why various political forces take the position they do not only about the Tigers but about the entire Tamil ethnic group. For many Sinhalese, an engrained racism is clearly a major motivation. But how can one explain that a Tamil group, Eelam People’s Democratic Party, also takes part in this coalition of Sinhalese racists? The EPDP is a paramilitary group fighting against the LTTE alongside the government. It even has one member in parliament. EPDP also assassinates civilians, including <a href="http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/2340433.stm ">BBC reporter</a> Nimalarajan Mylvaganam. </p>
<p>The Cease Fire Agreement was a thorn in the side of the new ruling coalition. Although the government claimed that the Sri Lanka Monitoring Mission favored the Tiger guerrillas, its monitors had lodged 3006 violations committed by the LTTE and only 133 by the government, as of June 30, 2005. From May 2006 onward to its termination in January 2008, the Monitoring Mission was hampered by worsening hostilities, especially following a Sea Tiger boat attack on a navy convoy, May 11, 2006.</p>
<p>The European Union then placed the Tigers on its terrorist list, while appearing to be even-handed by calling upon the Sri Lankan government to end its “culture of impunity” and to “curb violence” in its areas of control.</p>
<p>Sweden, Finland and Denmark, as members of EU, also considered the Tigers to be terrorists, and the LTTE objected to their membership on the Monitoring Mission. They withdrew leaving only Norway and Iceland with 20 monitors. The reduced Sri Lanka Monitoring Mission disbanded in 2008. The path for a full war was clear. </p>
<li>Read <a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/cuba-alba-let-down-sri-lanka-tamils/">Part 1</a> and <a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/tamil-eelam-historical-right-to-nationhood/">2</a>.</li>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_12040" class="footnote">John Pilger, “<a href="http://www.newstatesman.com/asia/2009/05/sri-lanka-pilger-british-tamil">Distant Voices, Desperate Lives</a>,” <em>New Statesman</em>, May 13, 2009.</li><li id="footnote_1_12040" class="footnote">See Article 29 of <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soulbury_Commission">Soulbury Commission</a>. </li><li id="footnote_2_12040" class="footnote">LSSP=Ceylon Equal Society Party comprised of Sinhalese Trotskyists; BLPI=Bolshevik-Leninist Party of India also Trotskyists; CIC=Ceylon Indian Congress, which soon changed its name to Ceylon Workers Congress, represented the Indian Tamils of the Estates Workers Trade Union; CPC, the Communist Party of Ceylon, with a pro-Moscow line; Labour was fashioned after Clement Attlee-led British Labour party. The Marxist parties later colluded with capitalist Sinhalese parties in opposing equality with Tamils. The CPC is now the Communist Party of Sri Lanka, which is part of the United People’s Freedom Alliance that includes the Sri Lanka Freedom Party-led government of Mahinda Rajapaksa. </li><li id="footnote_3_12040" class="footnote">“The Unspeakable Truth,” <a href="http://www.tamilsforum.com">British Tamil Forum</a>, 2008, p.8.</li><li id="footnote_4_12040" class="footnote">See part 1, “Justice for Sri Lanka Tamils.”</li><li id="footnote_5_12040" class="footnote">In 1976, Colombo was the summit site. In 1979, the Havana Declaration ensured “the national independence, sovereignty, territorial integrity and security of non-aligned countries” in their struggle against “imperialism, colonialism, neo-colonialism and racism.” In 2006, there were 118 member nations, representing 55% of the world’s population. Many of these nations have been at war with one another, and many have aligned with one or other of the previous super-powers.</li><li id="footnote_6_12040" class="footnote">My reading of Tamil history shows many discrepancies in dates and events. Different writings on the LTTE contend it was created at different times, either in 1972, 1975 or 1976.</li><li id="footnote_7_12040" class="footnote">Che Guevara, <em>Socialism and man</em>, Marcha, Uruguay, March 12, 1965.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/equal-rights-or-self-determination/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Cuba-ALBA Let Down Sri Lanka Tamils</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/cuba-alba-let-down-sri-lanka-tamils/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/cuba-alba-let-down-sri-lanka-tamils/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2009 16:00:35 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Ron Ridenour</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA["Aid"]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bolivia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cuba]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Genocide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Human Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nicaragua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Lanka]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[United Nations]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Venezuela]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[War Crimes]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=12009</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Those who are exploited are our compatriots all over the world; and the exploiters all over the world are our enemies… Our country is really the whole world, and all the revolutionaries of the world are our brothers.
&#8211; President Fidel Castro.1 
The revolutionary [is] the ideological motor force of the revolution…if he forgets his proletarian [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<blockquote><p>Those who are exploited are our compatriots all over the world; and the exploiters all over the world are our enemies… Our country is really the whole world, and all the revolutionaries of the world are our brothers.<br />
&#8211; President Fidel Castro.<sup>1</sup> </p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>The revolutionary [is] the ideological motor force of the revolution…if he forgets his proletarian internationalism, the revolution which he leads will cease to be an inspiring force and he will sink into a comfortable lethargy, which imperialism, our irreconcilable enemy, will utilize well. Proletarian internationalism is a duty, but it is also a revolutionary necessity. So we educate our people.<br />
&#8211; Che Guevara<sup>2</sup> </p></blockquote>
<p>I think that the governments of Cuba, Bolivia, and Nicaragua let down the entire Tamil population in the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka, as well as “proletarian internationalism” and the “exploited”, by extending unconditional support to Sri Lanka’s racist government. </p>
<p>Cuba did so—along with the Bolivian and Nicaraguan governments and members of ALBA (Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of our America)—on May 27, 2009 when signing a UN Human Rights Council (HRC) resolution praising the government of Sri Lanka for “the promotion and protection of human rights”, while only condemning for terrorism the Liberation Tigers for Tamil Eelam (LTTE), which fought the government in a civil war since 1983 until their defeat on May 19, 2009.</p>
<p>During the last year of war, the Sri Lankan government illegally and brutally interned nearly half-a-million Tamil civilians; 280,000 of these civilians were entrapped in several “welfare centers” upon the LTTE’s surrender. Half-a-year later, only a few thousand have been released. Their conditions are the opposite of “promotion and protection of human rights”. Hundreds have died and are dying for lack of food, water, basic health care.</p>
<p>Since advocating for and signing the unbalanced HRC resolution, I have found no text or evidence that these progressive-revolutionary-socialist governments of ALBA have criticized Sri Lanka for routinely practicing brutality and neglecting basic life necessities of these illegally interned people. The conduct of Sinhalese-led governments towards Tamils ever since Sri Lanka’s independence from Great Britain, in 1947-8, has always been one of mistreatment and inequality, even genocide.</p>
<p>While ALBA leader Venezuela is not a member of that council, President Hugo Chavez followed suit by applauding Sri Lanka’s victory.<sup>3</sup>  I hope that these revolutionary leaders will undo that damage by coming to the aid of the interned and all 2.5 million Tamil survivors of this horrible carnage and condemning Sri Lanka for its beastly and racist conduct. Tamils national rights must also be recognized, especially by governments representing other indigenous and once enslaved peoples.</p>
<p>In this first of a five-part series, I begin to lay the case that Sri Lanka’s governments practice genocide. I will also speculate about why the four ALBA countries involved in this matter could have decided to ignore this reality, why they disallowed an investigation into the assertion, and why they support such a cruel, chauvinistic regime. In the forthcoming parts, I will sketch the history of the Sinhalese and Tamils; outline the right and necessity for Tamil nationhood; delineate their struggles for equal rights; and show the geo-political power game being played out between the west and its’ sometimes antagonistic counterpart regimes in China and Iran; and conclude with the present state of affairs for Tamils.</p>
<p>            <strong>Human Rights Council Resolution S-11/1: Assistance to Sri Lanka in the promotion and protection of human rights</strong></p>
<p>Upon the end of the war, 17 countries on the 47-member Human Rights Council called for an extraordinary session about the Sri Lankan situation. UN High Commissioner for Human Rights, Navi Pillay, spoke for an “independent and credible international investigation” into the reports of violations of human rights and international humanitarian law on both sides of the civil war.</p>
<p>“For its part, the Government reportedly used heavy artillery on the densely populated conflict zone, despite assurances that it would take precautions to protect civilians”… and the “reported shelling of a hospital clinic on several occasions”…”</p>
<p>“These people are in desperate need of food, water, medical help and other forms of basic assistance… there have already been outbreaks of contagious diseases.”</p>
<p>“The images of terrified and emaciated women, men and children fleeing the battle zone… must spur us into action.”</p>
<p>Pillay’s professional, compassionate and balanced proposal was not tabled or even discussed. Instead 17 members—mostly EU countries and Canada, but also Argentina, Uruguay, Mexico and Chile—proposed only that an investigation into these charges of human rights abuse be pursued by the Sri Lankan government itself, that is: the government investigating its brutality, hardly anything radical or effective. This, and the call for “rapid and unhindered access” for humanitarian aid from the UN and International Committee of the Red Cross, was the only significant difference from another resolution proposed by the majority, mostly Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) countries. Chile was the only NAM member to vote against the majority, which wanted no investigation at all. And the “rapid and unhindered access” for humanitarian aid was reduced to: “provide access as may be appropriate”, thereby giving Sri Lanka’s government the power to use food/water/medicine as a weapon against their enemy: the Tamil people and not the now defeated LTTE.</p>
<p>Sri Lanka was present at the HRC sessions as an observer. It had been a member from 2006 to 2008 when it lost reelection as one of the six Asian State members. Poignantly overlooked by most NAM members assembled a year later, it had been severely criticized by Tamils around the world and by internationally respected Nobel Peace Prize winners Desmond Tutu and Adolfo Perez Esquivel.</p>
<p>“The systematic abuses by Sri Lanka government forces are among the most serious imaginable. Torture and extrajudicial killings are widespread [as is] kidnappings of its own people,” said Tutu in May 2008 when opposing its seat on the Human Rights Council. </p>
<p>A year later, the HRC majority unfastidiously praised Sri Lanka for continuing “to uphold its human rights obligations and the norms of international human rights law”. The key promoter of the majority resolution was, to my dismay, Cuba—the homeland of my heart and where I had lived and worked for the government for eight years. </p>
<p>The Cuban ambassador to the Council, Juan Antonio Fernández Palacios—who also spoke on behalf of the NAM—praised Sri Lanka’s governments over the years, and “congratulates” it on “putting an end” to the armed conflict. A key sentence is: “Sri Lanka’s sovereign right to fight terrorism and separatism within its undisputed borders must be respected.” The words “separatism” and “undisputed borders” will be dealt with at length later. But no one familiar with the history of Sinhalese and Tamils for decades since independence and centuries before could have chosen to speak of “undisputed borders”. Tamils had a homeland, two kingdoms, for centuries before the Sinhalese came to the island and for centuries afterwards. </p>
<p>Cuba also acted as a special advocate for Sri Lanka as an “interlocutor”, in addition to Egypt, India and Pakistan. The resolution about Sri Lanka was actually its own draft, which Cuba tabled.<sup>4</sup> </p>
<p>Just before the vote, the Bolivian HRC ambassador, Ms. Angélica Navarro Llames, made it clear she was perturbed by the manner in which many of the 17 countries had presented their resolution and for insisting upon a special meeting just a week before the scheduled one. She objected to “neocolonialist attitudes”. The Bolivian then spoke of LTTE terrorism used against the people and the government and people, and defended its right to fight for its sovereignty.</p>
<p>Resolution S-11/1 adopted by the majority (29 members for, 12 against, 6 abstentions). Here are pertinent excerpts: </p>
<blockquote><p>Reaffirming the respect for sovereignty, territorial integrity and independence of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka, and its sovereign rights to protect its citizens and combat terrorism,</p>
<p>Condemning all attacks that the LTTE (Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam) launched on the civilian population and its practice of using civilians as human shields… </p>
<p>Welcoming the conclusion of hostilities and the liberation by the Government of Sri Lanka of tens of thousands of its citizens that were kept by the LTTE against their will as hostages, as well as the efforts by the Government to ensure safety and security for all Sri Lankans and bringing permanent peace to the country… </p>
<p>Emphasizing that after the conclusion of hostilities, the priority in terms of human rights remains the provision of the necessary assistance to ensure relief and rehabilitation of persons affected by the conflict, including internally displaced persons, as well as the reconstruction of the country’s economy and infrastructure,</p>
<p> Encouraged by the provision of basic humanitarian assistance, in particular, safe drinking water, sanitation, food, and medical and health care services to the IDPs [Internally Displaced Persons] by the Government of Sri Lanka with the assistance of the United Nations agencies…</p>
<p>1. Commends the measures taken by the Government of Sri Lanka to address the urgent needs of the Internally Displaced Persons;</p>
<p>2. Welcomes the continued commitment of Sri Lanka to the promotion and protection of all human rights and encourages it to continue to uphold its human rights obligations and the norms of international human rights law;… </p>
<p>5. Acknowledges the commitment of the Government of Sri Lanka to provide access as may be appropriate to international humanitarian agencies in order to ensure humanitarian assistance to the population affected by the conflict, in particular IDPs…</p></blockquote>
<p>In Favour: Angola, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Bolivia, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Cameroon, China, Cuba, Djibouti, Egypt, Ghana, India, Indonesia, Jordan, Madagascar, Malaysia, Nicaragua, Nigeria, Pakistan, Philippines, Qatar, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, South Africa, Uruguay, Zambia;</p>
<p>Against: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Canada, Chile, France, Germany, Italy, Mexico, Netherlands, Slovakia, Slovenia, Switzerland, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland;</p>
<p>Abstaining: Argentina, Gabon, Japan, Mauritius, Republic of Korea, Ukraine.”<sup>4</sup> </p>
<p>I will show in upcoming articles how points 1, 2, and 5 cited here have never been the reality; Sri Lanka has not respected Tamils lives or their rights nor provided them their “urgent needs.”</p>
<p><strong>Terrorism and Genocide</strong></p>
<p>The Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE) was first dubbed a terrorist organization by India, in 1992. Ironically, it wasn’t until 1998 that Sri Lanka’s government so characterized them, and it did so only after the US did, in 1997. On May 30, 2006, the EU placed LTTE on its terrorist list and banned the organization. It made it a terrorist crime to economically or military aid LTTE, and it froze all LTTE bank and financial assets in Europe. The EU appeared to be even-handed by calling upon the Sri Lankan government to end its “culture of impunity” and to “curb violence” in its areas of control. At the time of LTTE’s defeat, 32 countries had defined them as terrorists.  </p>
<p>Never having been in Sri Lanka or South Asia, it is difficult for me to know whether LTTE was a decidedly terrorist organization or not—that is, one which seeks to terrorize civilians. After reading many accounts of atrocities, such as killing hundreds of civilian Sinhalese in their homes, on buses and trains, I conclude that this once Marxist revolutionary organization resorted to terrorism.  </p>
<p>At the same time, it must not be forgotten that any liberation movement the world’s greatest state terrorist, the United States of America does not agree with is “terrorist” and therefore illegitimate. Other terrorists, such as the government of the separatist state of Kosovo, are no longer considered terrorist although its drug-smuggling paramilitary organization had been so described, even by the US. Superpowers support or oppose autonomy-independence when it suits their interests. This is also the case with Ireland, the Basques in Spain, and the Palestinians.</p>
<p>Furthermore, the US systematically <a href="http://www.ronridenour.com/articles/2006/0815-rr.htm">practices</a> terrorism in its permanent war—invading or “intervening” militarily in 66 countries, a total of 159 times since World War Two. </p>
<p>We must lament the unacceptable methods the LTTE used against many people, and do so without ignoring the history of why and how it was born. Nor must we reject out-of-hand the basic rights and needs of the Tamil people. Their plight must not be abandoned, especially by governments and organizations grounded in anti-imperialism and equality amongst peoples.</p>
<p>Sri Lanka’s history since independence is one of conducting genocide against the Tamils. Genocide is defined by the UN, and Sri Lanka ratified its promise to adhere to it on October 12, 1950.The Geneva Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide, adopted December 9, 1948 and entered into force, January 12, 1951, states:  </p>
<p>Article II: In the present Convention, genocide means any of the following acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnic, racial or religious group, as such:<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(a) Killing members of the group;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(c) Deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(d) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(e) Forcibly transferring children of the group to another group.<sup>5</sup>  </p>
<p>Destroying “in whole or in part” an ethnic group is certainly what Sri Lanka’s Sinhalese governments, as well as Buddhist monks, have been doing to the Tamils for six decades. Evidence will be forthcoming. There is so much evidence that even a former US deputy assistant attorney general in the Reagan Administration filed a 12-count indictment against S.L. defense secretary Gotabhaya Rajapakse and army commander Lt. Gen. Sarath Fonseka for “perpetrating genocide against Tamil civilians.”</p>
<p>The suit was <a href="http://www.rediff.com/cms/print.jsp?docpath=//news/2009/feb/10genocide-case-filed-against-lankan-authorities-in-us.htm">filed</a> by Bruce Fein, in February 2009, in the U.S. District Court, Central District of California.</p>
<p>The case can be filed in the US because G. Rajapakse is a naturalized citizen and Fonseka holds a resident green card. They are charged with responsibility for: “3,750 alleged extrajudicial killings, with 10,000 suffering bodily injury and more than 1.3 million displacements,” which, according to Fein, “far exceed displacements in Kosovo which led to genocide counts before the International Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia.”</p>
<p>Fein noted that G. Rajapakse said in a BBC interview that, “if you are not fighting the Tamil Tigers you are a terrorist and we’ll kill you.” The attorney represents Tamils Against Genocide. He believes that G. Rajapakse will be “the best witness of the genocide.”</p>
<p>Why ALBA voted as it did: Some points of contention:</p>
<p>I ask the three ALBA governments, which voted for the above resolution, to take Sri Lanka’s government to account on the serious charge of genocide against the Tamil people. At the very least, ALBA should be able to see that hundreds of thousands of displaced persons are brutally treated, and that routine discrimination and abuse have been the Tamil’s plight at the hands of Sinhalese. This is a dichotomy to ALBA’s ideology of equal rights for all: in language, in religion, in the economy, in all aspects of life. In fact, the very new constitution of Bolivia recognizes itself as a pluri-nation in which all the languages and religions of all the peoples are recognized equally. The same is the case in Venezuela with its new constitution.</p>
<p>How can it be, then, that these peoples’ governments have fallen in the arms of such an oppressive, racist government? Possible reasons are:</p>
<p>1. Separatism! It is ironic and ideologically insupportable that anti-imperialist progressive and revolutionary leaders in Cuba, Nicaragua and Bolivia—mainly dark-skinned peoples, and many of them, especially in Bolivia, are Original Peoples long abused by many whites and creoles—side with the Sinhalese chauvinist elite in Sri Lanka. Perhaps they have not studied the sordid history of Sri Lanka. But more certainly is it that they do not support separatism or dual nationhood within one land mass. Cuba especially has, from its revolutionary start, argued for unity. What Cuba and the others fail to realize or acknowledge is that the Tamil people had tried for decades to achieve equal rights with the Sinhalese, many of whom assert adherence to Marxism, yet to no avail. Most Sinhalese do not wish to unify equally with the other ethnic group. Once peaceful means are exhausted, armed struggle is the only means to achieve liberation, as was the case with Cuba and other Latin American guerrilla movements.</p>
<p>In the case of Sri Lanka and separatism, ALBA governments could be prompted to side with it because of, in part, the role of China! The threat of separatism, which has been the desire of many Tibetan Buddhists, is an impelling factor for China’s position of one nation in its own region, and may be how it views the situation of Tamils in Sri Lanka. Here, China sides, ironically, with Buddhists against Hindus-Christians-Muslims.  </p>
<p>Bolivia and Venezuela, too, are pressed by separatist demands but they come not from an ethnic group but from a rich class of Whites-Creoles, which has no historic ethnic Homeland.</p>
<p>2. Geo-politics! Sri Lanka’s Sinhalese-dominated governments have been supported militarily and economically by many States, some of which are sometimes antagonistic to one another. Some leftist governments and leftist organizations often operate on the notion that the enemy of my enemy is a friend. If that is the way some socialist-communist-revolutionaries view China and Iran, both totalitarian regimes, in regards to US-Europe-Canada-Australia-Japan imperialism when it comes to Sri Lanka they are mistaken. Surely there are economic and geo-political interests on the part of China and Iran in investing and trading with countries in development, including Sri Lanka but also Cuba and all in Latin America. Fortunately most Latin Americans and the majority of their governments have ceased jumping when a US president or general barks, and they are combining in regional alliances and seeking foreign investments and aid from non-traditional partners.</p>
<p>Since China and Iran began extending their interests into Sri Lanka and sided with its brutal treatment of Tamils, many leftists and progressive governments could think in the black-white geo-political manner. The US-EU states, for their own propaganda image, question Sri Lanka for possible abuses of human rights against Tamils. Ah, no one with experience or knowledge about the duplicity of the empire and its allies could side with them so one must back the other side.</p>
<p>But China is no longer socialist, rather its economy is mainly based on government-sponsored private enterprise with exploitation of labor in the extreme: no union protection, long work hours, low wages, child labor, no say on the job or national and international policies. The working class no longer even has access to full education and health care without paying on a capitalist basis. In fact, workers in most capitalist countries in Europe have better access to health care than workers do in China. Millionaire capitalists now sit on leadership bodies of the so-called Communist Party, and make important decisions over the heads of workers and the population. China is interested mainly in accumulating capital in the grand old raw capitalist style, and it owns more of the US economy (8%) than any other government or economic entity. China’s economy is intricately interdependent upon the US’s capitalism and its imperialist wars.</p>
<p>Iran is run by fundamentalist religious fanaticism. Its economy is basically a capitalist one. Its working class, just as the working class in China, is not a decision-maker. Iran is also a warring partner with US imperialism in its illegal war against Iraq, whose troops are a key factor in the violence against millions of Iraqis. Iran supports their co-religious Muslims in the Quisling government under US domination.  </p>
<p>Is it possible that the developing countries, which back Sri Lanka against the Tamil population, do so out of economic reasons? China and Iran provide needed investments and technology and thus one must not criticize. Is that possible, and if so is it ethical, is it consistent with our humanitarian principles and socialist ideology? Cannot one be a trading partner without cowing politically?</p>
<p>Another issue is secularism. The ALBA countries and all truly socialist oriented governments are not and cannot be theocracies! How can secular nation states and organizations consider the Sri Lanka state “democratic socialist” when it declares a religion, and only one, as THE national and official religion?  Secularism is the only common ground by which all can be united.</p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>I concur with progressive Tamils in the Tamil Nadu state of India, who have for decades supported Cuba and the new ALBA formation. The Latin American Friendship Association there has held many solidarity activities for these countries, and published scores of books by Latin American authors, including Fidel Castro and Che Guevara. Upon learning of the HRC resolution, they were appalled. The author of the excerpted letter below is <a href="mailto:&#x61;&#x6d;&#x61;&#x72;&#x61;&#x6e;&#x74;&#x68;&#x61;&#x31;&#x39;&#x36;&#x30;&#x40;&#x67;&#x6d;&#x61;&#x69;&#x6c;&#x2e;&#x63;om">Amarantha Visalakshi</a>. For 25 years, she has translated books about Latin America into Tamil and written some herself.</p>
<blockquote><p>We here in Tamil Nadu celebrated the 80th birthday of Comrade Fidel by releasing eight books on Cuba’s achievements in various fields… and are in the midst of our preparation for the commemoration of the 50th anniversary of the triumph of the Cuban Revolution and evaluation of the consolidation of Latin American countries in ALBA…</p>
<p>We are struck dumb and rendered disheartened and disillusioned by this act [the HRC resolution] by those countries of Latin America on which we have pinned our hopes for the future—Socialism of the 21st century.</p>
<p>Why do these countries wish for wiping out the Tamils from the Sri Lankan soil where they rightfully belong? What are the sources of information for these Latin American countries to decide against the Tamils and in favour of the racist Sri Lankan government in the UN Human Rights Council?&#8230; more than any other time we feel the absence of Che Guevara, the true internationalist, who laid down his life for the oppressed people of the world.</p></blockquote>
<p>I also concur with Australia’s largest left-wing organization, the Democratic Socialist Perspective and Socialist Alliance, which publishes <em>greenleft.org.au</em>. </p>
<p>We <a href="http://www.dsp.org.au/node/229 ">need</a> “to undertake work to help convince the revolutionary governments of Latin America, including Cuba, Venezuela and Bolivia, to cease support for the Sri Lankan government, and to recognize the national rights of the Tamil people. There is a long-run danger if revolutionary governments, for whatever reason, fail to support genuine movements for national self-determination in Third World countries, and endorse repressive regimes on the basis of a bogus &#8216;anti-imperialism…&#8217;&#8221;</p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_12009" class="footnote">Fidel told writer-photographer Lee Lockwood: <em>Castro&#8217;s Cuba, Cuba&#8217;s Fidel</em>, Macmillan, N.Y. 1967. </li><li id="footnote_1_12009" class="footnote"><em>Socialism and man</em>, Marcha, Uruguay, March 12, 1965.</li><li id="footnote_2_12009" class="footnote">“Hugo Chavez praises President Rajapaksa’s leadership in defeating LTTE”, <em>Sri Lanka Daily News</em>, September 4, 2009.  In this piece, published by a pro-government newspaper, there is not one quotation by Hugo Chavez, who spoke with Rajapakse when they were in Libya. The piece paraphrases what the anonymous writer asserts Chavez having said; an example: Chavez apparently said that the defeat of LTTE terrorism “is a glowing example to other countries beset with the same problem,” words of the writer. Chavez allegedly praised Rajapakse for his leadership.</li><li id="footnote_3_12009" class="footnote"><a href="http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/hrcouncil/docs/11specialsession/S-11-1-Final-E.doc">1</a>, <a href="http://portal.ohchr.org/portal/page/portal/HRCExtranet/11thSpecialSession">2</a>, <a href="http://www.earthtimes.org/articles/show/270638,un-resolution-commends-sri-lanka-on-human-rights--summary.html ">3</a>.</li><li id="footnote_4_12009" class="footnote"><a href="http://www.preventgenocide.org/law/convention/text.htm">Source</a>. Although the US signed the 1948 convention, it did not accede to it until November 1988. As of 2008, 140 nation states have acceded.</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/cuba-alba-let-down-sri-lanka-tamils/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>27</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Life of a Student in Gaza</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/the-life-of-a-student-in-gaza/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/the-life-of-a-student-in-gaza/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2009 16:01:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Marryam Haleem</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Human Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zionism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=11737</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[“That was the happiest day of my life,” said the young Palestinian, “I was freed that day.”
“Come on,” I laughed as we walked down the dusty Gazan street, the Mediterranean sun beating down hard on our faces, “it couldn’t have been that bad. I mean, we all dislike school to some degree, but it has [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>“That was the happiest day of my life,” said the young Palestinian, “I was freed that day.”</p>
<p>“Come on,” I laughed as we walked down the dusty Gazan street, the Mediterranean sun beating down hard on our faces, “it couldn’t have been that bad. I mean, we all dislike school to some degree, but it has its nice things too.”</p>
<p>His grave eyes looked wholly unconvinced, “the day I graduated from university was the best day of my life,” he firmly repeated. And then he added, more to himself than to me, “I wish I could erase all my memories of my time in school.”</p>
<p><center>*****</center></p>
<p>By 1991 the first Intifada (Palestinian Uprising) was coming to an end. The streets of Gaza slowly emptied of the Israeli soldiers and tanks. The bodies of martyred Palestinians were less often carried to neighborhood graveyards. And in Beit Hanoun, a northern town of Gaza, six-year-old Ahmad began his first day of school.</p>
<p>He enjoyed school. He worked hard and was always the first in his year. Life, one could say, was becoming rather normal in Gaza. And upon finishing middle school in 2000, as a reward for his scholastic achievement, Ahmad received the gift of a lifetime. He, along with 19 other students from Gaza, was selected by the Ministry of Education  to join a Seeds of Peace summer camp in the US.</p>
<p>He had a wonderful time in America. What an adventure for the 14-year-old boy! He improved his English. He made new friends. He experienced a whole knew world in that beautiful state of Maine. A world that told him life was open and free and full of opportunity. So he returned to Gaza, after this month-long excursion, full of hope.</p>
<p>But Ahmad was branded a Palestinian at birth. He would now learn to pay that price. The second Intifada irrupted only two months after he returned home from America, at the start of his first year of high school.</p>
<p>“The week before the Intifada started we were in Jerusalem, in Al-Aqsa Mosque. We were praying,” he said, recalling how close he was to being caught amid the initial Jerusalem massacre. The Israeli onslaught quickly spread throughout all the West Bank and Gaza, leaving no Palestinian in peace.</p>
<p>“There was no space,” he told me, trying to explain how the Israeli offensive effected every aspect of personal life for the Palestinian individual. Student life was only one such casualty.</p>
<p>It became dangerous to go to school. It became impossible to have a normal education. In his three years of high school, Ahmad‘s school was shelled by Israeli tanks six times, twice while students were inside.</p>
<p>“Each day we would have demonstrations against the attacks in Gaza and the West Bank because we had so many martyrs… No school. Just demonstrations… You had to go and demonstrate against the horrible attacks against these children and kids everywhere.”</p>
<p>Still, despite all the madness, or perhaps in spite of it all, the students clung as much as they could to their vocation. They would loyally go to school, as much as circumstance allowed. But even this effort was frequently quashed. Too often the students would trek to school only to find it closed. They would ask the reasons for the closures. The answers became the soul-grating refrain of their lives.</p>
<p>Why?<br />
Because Israeli tanks are getting close to the school and there is no school today.<br />
Why?<br />
Because people in our city have been martyred and there are demonstrations so there will be no school today.<br />
Why?<br />
Because the tanks have closed off Beit Hanoun and the teachers cannot come from outside. So we’ll have no school today.</p>
<p>It was in this environment that Ahmad and his classmates (the ones that were not killed) came to their 3rd and final year of high school in 2003. Called Tawjihi, the entire future educational and career life of the student hinges on these end-of-the-year cumulative exams.</p>
<p>“Tawjihi,” Ahmad aptly described, “is like a stage between life.”</p>
<p>Tawjihi year began normal enough. Normal in the Palestinian sense of the word. Normal attacks. Normal shootings. Normal curfews. But the last two months before the exams began the Israeli army laid siege on Beit Hanoun. No one could enter. No one could leave. Everyday there were attacks and explosions. Everyday there were injuries and martyrs.</p>
<p>“We didn’t study, actually,” said Ahmad, “nothing. You cannot study and people are dying,” he explained, as if that needed explaining to me, a girl who had never once even seen a dead body.</p>
<p>And all the while their exams were approaching. The first day of examination was the 9th of June 2003. And the Israeli army was still in Beit Hanoun.</p>
<p>“What do we do?” said Ahmad, “we need to take our exams. So we decided to go to school even though the Israeli tanks were at the doors outside the school.”</p>
<p>So they went. Despite the fact that they hadn’t prepared at all due to the siege and the killings. Examinations went on for a month. Everyday the students went. And everyday the Israeli tanks were at the doors of the school.</p>
<p>It was the worst month, Ahmad told me. All your time in high school you wait to prepare and do well on these final examinations, only, in the last moments, to be prevented from studying because your city is under attack.</p>
<p>The soldiers left after 67 days of siege. And then their exam results came in.</p>
<p>“I passed,” said Ahmad, “my average was 83.5. So very good.”</p>
<p>So that was his high school story. I asked how he felt during those years, as I was unable to comprehend how one could live through such a horror and move on.</p>
<p>“It’s mixed feelings,” he said. “Sometimes you don’t know what you are doing or what’s going on around you. Sometimes it’s fear because you are afraid to lose more friends and more people. And because you are afraid about your family. And you are afraid about your future.</p>
<p>“You don’t know what is going on. You just go and study for a life you’ve been dreaming about. But then you find you can’t have it because of obstacles put up by enemies. And these are horrible obstacles. They’re not just any kind of obstacles that anyone could pass.</p>
<p>“It’s war everywhere. And people are dying everywhere. And you just don’t know. Maybe it’s your turn. I mean, we believe in God, and we know everyone is going to die. But when it goes on so continuously, everyday there is attacks, you just keep worrying about it. So the feeling was, what should I be doing? Should I go fight and resist? Should I go study as a way to resist, as a better way of resistance? Should I just stay afraid, doing nothing, with my family?”</p>
<p>“I started to believe that maybe the power of this education that I will have in the future will be more than the power of a stone against a tank. I asked myself a million times, if I should do the same [and take up throwing stones at the Israeli tanks like some of the Palestinian youth]. Even if it was a little thing.</p>
<p>“Some people say it’s stupid, a stone against a tank. But it’s their will and determination [that counts]. It comes from deep inside. That you are not afraid from anything, whatever it may be. You just want to fight, resist, for your rights. Even if it takes your life, takes everything: [None of that matters because] I believe that its my right and I have to do it.”</p>
<p>That is one way to resist. But Ahmad decided to resist through his education.</p>
<p>“I had to take care of my family. Reach what my parents wanted of me. They wanted us to be educated, get a good life, good jobs, have a good place in the community. They wanted us to help them and help people. So that was the final, or not the final, but a decision that I made.</p>
<p>“You are feeling many things, but you have to go on, to keep going. The only way is to just keep fighting, through your education, and your dreams, and your beliefs. That was the feeling.</p>
<p>“But I never felt like I have to give up. I didn’t find a way that told me ‘you just need to give up now.’ And every time a bad thing happened, or a disaster happened, it gave me more power to continue.</p>
<p>“Because this became the normal life for us. The abnormal life for other people became the normal life for us. So we had to figure out another way of life for us. It’s our reality. We had to face reality, however it was. So it helped us to figure out that life, in spite of all this.</p>
<p>“And all the challenges that we are facing, and all the power that is fighting and destroying everything here in Gaza, we still need to keep going. It’s not going to stop us. Because if we stop, it wont help us. [The Israelis] will keep going. Whether or not we stop, they will try to get what they want. So why give them more chance to get what they want? We need also to continue.”</p>
<p>He paused at the end of this grand soliloquy, “How difficult it was,” he said softly.</p>
<p>But the difficulty continued as he moved on to get his BA in information technology at a university in Gaza.</p>
<p>“I faced troubles when I was in high school because of the Intifada but the troubles increased in university,” Ahmad explained, “Beit Hanoun is the most violent area in Gaza Strip because it is very close to the [Israeli] border so there were usual attacks. Every day we had events. People killed. People injured. Homes destroyed. Lands demolished. My father’s farm was bulldozed 4 or 5 times. Most of my relatives’ homes were targeted.</p>
<p>“Most of the semesters I couldn’t attend many lectures because of the usual attacks on my city. There were weekly attacks, sometimes daily attacks so I could not leave home, it was not safe to leave. And I’d also have to stay home when there were other attacks around the city, or around the university.”</p>
<p>Many times he was even able to attend final exams.</p>
<p>“I’d just keep studying throughout the semester and when time for exams come, attacks happen in Beit Hanoun and friends and relatives are killed, [so I‘d miss the exams]. I was supposed graduate in 2008, but I graduated in 2009, one year late because of these attacks. Attacks which have never stopped. Even now. Especially in my city.”</p>
<p>Ahmad was finally set to graduate in December 2008. But he was reminded once again that a Palestinian who dared pursue a good life had heavy taxes to pay. </p>
<p>“The end of December turned out to be the beginning of a war, not  the beginning of final exams. It was a big, I don’t know how to describe it,” he said, searching for words to describe the deep personal affront he felt, “it was like, ‘here is a gift for graduation: You wont graduate. Just keep waiting for death.’ ”</p>
<p>His month of exams was exchanged for a month of terror.</p>
<p>“It was 23 days,” he said, “but you can say 23 weeks. 23 months. 23 years. 23 centuries. It never ends. You keep waiting, moment by moment. And you know nothing. You can only feel the darkness. There is no light, for any kind of hope, or safety, or human rights, or whatever. Just 23 days full of darkness. Full of horror. Full of victims. Massacres. Everything bad. I cannot remember words to describe it.”</p>
<p>But those days did pass. And he found enough strength to pick himself up out of the rubble and finish the mission he began. He graduated, at last, this past spring. But not, I cannot help but acknowledge, not without sacrifice and loss that no one should ever have to endure.</p>
<p>“These five years in university, I said and will keep saying forever,” Ahmad concluded, “these five years were the most horrible years of my life. Even though they’re supposed to be the best years, the nice years. The time to go out and discover life. But it wasn’t discovering life. It was discovering disasters, actually, here in Gaza.”</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/11/the-life-of-a-student-in-gaza/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Daring to Understand</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/daring-to-understand/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/daring-to-understand/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 31 Oct 2009 16:01:03 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Maryam Sakeenah</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pakistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Philosophy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=11553</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A  Suicide bomber: A grotesque, bloodthirsty monster. And this haggard, greying old man with his vacant eyes and broken slipper, like the broken spirit within as the cameras stare into his face and the headlines are splashed across interfaces: Suicide Bomber. Caught in the Act.  A thrilling, juicy piece of news. It will [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A  Suicide bomber: A grotesque, bloodthirsty monster. And this haggard, greying old man with his vacant eyes and broken slipper, like the broken spirit within as the cameras stare into his face and the headlines are splashed across interfaces: Suicide Bomber. Caught in the Act.  A thrilling, juicy piece of news. It will fly. And it will sell. Fast. Fast like the sleek and swanky black limousines that whoosh past you through the Main Boulevard making the dust fly off in all directions; the dust that finally settles on the dusty roadside beggar, adding another layer to shroud him into dusty oblivion; it settles slowly, holding out against the fast limousines, the fast traffic, the fast music and the fast food. Slowly, like death. Fast and slow, making the rhythm of the city &#8212; the thoughtlessly fast, and the resiliently slow &#8212; fighting life’s battle in the streets of my city.</p>
<p>The Monster returns. He’s unconventional, though. Not with the horns and the fangs and all. But with dark circles, the sunken, dimmed eyes, the creased-up face with his advancing years, the silver in his hair. Sun-beaten, sun-worn, threadbare &#8212; my definition of the Monster. The definers have hammered the definition on me with authoritative finality. I succumb &#8212; like everybody else. I ought to believe he is dangerous. I am supposed to condemn him, get frightened of him, loathe him, spit in his face, and righteously pronounce him horrendously sinful, perverted, hideous, damned, hell-bound, with all the wealth of jingoistic and religious rhetoric at my disposal. I cannot but obey. I join the chorus. Like everybody else.</p>
<p>And I kill me softly. I stifle the human essence, the still small voice that resists. The voice that questions. The militant voice &#8212; always politically incorrect. It questions ‘why?’ It does not allow me the comfort of following the crowd and biding my time. It discomforts me with the instinct to seek out the answers for myself. It makes me wonder why I have to buy the definition and believe that the pathetic grey man was a vile monster. It makes me wonder why, after all, he was a monster, perhaps &#8212; or so it seems?  </p>
<p>I do not judge. I do not allow myself the terrible privilege. I just wonder, and want my right to ask questions. I want my right to feel, to understand.  I want my right to be and stay human. And I simply wonder what went wrong&#8230;</p>
<p>In 2001, when the United States pounded Afghanistan with their firepower just across the border on a flimsy pretext, my people here in Pakistan were hurt too, because the national boundary running through the northern tribes does not cut across eon-old tribal affiliation. With the Pashtuns on the other side of the Durand Line under occupation, the Pashtuns on this side considered it a tribal obligation and religious duty to assist. That is the ethic running in the blood of the Pathans &#8212; the ethic they grow up with, just as their fathers, grandfathers and great-grandfathers had grown up with it. You cannot hope to extort it from the hearts of men. The freedom they prize is a treasure they would not give up for the world. This fierce defence of their freedom is something you simply cannot hope to extricate. Not with all your arsenal, your marines armed to the teeth.</p>
<p>The United States and its ‘non NATO ally’ failed to understand this simple truth. Afghanistan bled, and Pakistani tribesmen, those once-upon-a-time heroic sons of the soil suffered with it. Yet we did not fall to brutalizing each other. The myths, on the other hand &#8212; Terrorism, Extremism, Fanaticism, Fundamentalism, Enlightened Moderation &#8212; continued to proliferate, and the Great Fiction encroached upon sanities. Yet we did not fall to brutalizing each other.</p>
<p>Till, a couple of years down the line, the Former General imperiously ordered an operation in Waziristan. It came to pass. In the thick of the darkness, in the hush of the night. The country taken by surprise. In clandestine moves, the trigger-happy military men advanced and we waited with bated breath. The usual collateral damage. Men, women, children, masjids, madrassas, schools, earthen huts. With a fell sweep, on orders of a Dictator. We still did not fall to brutalizing each other.</p>
<p>Things took their logical course and the resistance began. A Pashtun resistance. Earlier, aggravated by their country’s alliance with the US and the establishment of American military bases in the north to assist the NATO-sponsored slaughter and occupation in Afghanistan, the Pashtuns had expressed resentment. Their government had refused to budge. Now, they were cannon fodder, officially. And for Somebody Else’s interests.</p>
<p>Faced with a guerrilla resistance in a rugged terrain by ruddy mountain dwellers imbued with the tribesman’s fighting spirit, the khakis were in a quagmire soon enough. To save face, and the little that was left, they sought reconciliation with the irate tribesmen. It materialized, with pledges on both sides &#8212; the tribesmen agreeing to put down arms and let go the foreign militants (stationed in Pakistan ‘officially,’ and by Washington’s invitation, since the Soviet-Afghan war); and the Army agreeing to end the operation. We dared to hope.</p>
<p>Till the drone zeroed in on what we call Sovereignty. And on human lives &#8212; madrassas, schools, wedding parties, followed by official apologies for ‘misguided missiles’ or ‘intelligence failure.’ Collateral Damage. Full Stop.</p>
<p>In 2006, before the TTP (Tehreek Taliban Pakistan) was ever heard of, right after a successful settlement between the government and the tribal leaders which promised a durable peace in the restive north, American UAV ‘drones’ battered a village searching ‘militants’, leading to several civilian deaths. And so the talks derailed, the guns were picked up again. With blessings from Washington. The TTP raised its head shortly afterwards &#8212; a group much more militant and even violent in character than the original Afghan Taliban of yore who do not very proudly profess association with these Pakistani neo-Taliban. The TTP was a child begotten of the vicious cycle of violence and injustice.</p>
<p>The Pakistan govenment’s complicity in the intermittent and incessant drone attacks is poorly disguised by pathetic foreign office spokespeople. First there were the official apologies. Then, the flabbergasted attempts to explain the bloody ‘deal’. And soon enough there were none. Just the raining missiles and the human mincemeat. And handshakes and high-profile visits.  </p>
<p>But the victims do not forget their dead. They are not taken in with prettily phrased official apologies which cannot bring their dead back. The hurt festers. It turns poison. It maddens. It dehumanizes. It turns men into suicide bombs. It makes life pointless, worthless. It makes the world a cruel, hateful place. It ignites the sense of honour and incites a burning revenge. And it makes my maddened countrymen, brutalized by unashamed tyrants, fall to brutalizing one another.</p>
<p>And it is as simple as that.</p>
<p>Blending into the chorus, soaking up the definitions, the headlines, the jingoism and the propaganda, the simple fact gets lost somewhere in the morass of our sensibilities. We righteously condemn, we judge, we toss our heads from side to side with disapproval and nod it up and down in assent. Just where and when we are wanted to.  And we harden up to this simple fact, failing to understand. Failing to question. Dehumanizing ourselves.    </p>
<p>Journalist Hamid Mir recounted his firsthand experience of visiting the injured in a primitive hospital in Waziristan after a US airstrike. A young boy, having lost his limbs, informed that his mother too had died in a similar attack, and that, in her dying moments, she had instructed him to avenge in Islamabad &#8212; where the decisions to maim and kill are made &#8212; what was done to her in Bajaur. Years later, his elder brother was caught in Islamabad attempting to blow himself up in a high-security area.</p>
<p>It is as simple as that. It is, plainly, human nature distorted brutally out of shape. It is, plainly, the work of our own hands. And it shall come to pass.</p>
<p>A ‘Winter Soldier’ working for the US Army in Iraq decided to quit the job, among several others like him. Addressing a meeting of the Iraq Veterans Against the War, he said: ‘Let me reverse the equation for a while. Let me ask you, that if a foreign force was to land in America on the excuse of democracy or freedom or whatever it may be, would not every patriotic American come out of his house with a shotgun? Would we not resist? What would you do?’ His voice trailed off in the midst of uproarious applause.</p>
<p>It is as simple as that. It is about being able to reverse the equation, and asking oneself ‘what would anyone do?’ It is about overturning the definitions and refusing to buy the propaganda. It is about refusing the official amnesia imposed on us all.</p>
<p>And it is not about Islam. It is not about an ‘Extremist Ideology’ out there to take you over by storm. It is not about monsters and demons. It is not about bloodthirsty suicide bombers with an inbuilt genetic drive to bomb the hell out of you. It is about human beings like you and me. It is about human beings horribly gone wrong. It is about the sinned-against who become sinning in this dreadful mire of poverty, disease, lawlessness, corruption. It is about naked, barbaric injustice and oppression. It is about human beings being made ‘as flies to the wanton boys.’</p>
<p>And it is as simple as that. As simple as Newton’s third law of motion. An equal and opposite reaction. To every action of ours.</p>
<p>So I refuse to sit in judgement. I refuse to self-righteously condemn. I refuse to sing along. And I demand my humanity, my right to think for myself, my right to question, my right to reclaim the Truth.  ‘And if anyone of you would punish and lay the axe on the evil tree, let him see to its roots. What judgement would you pronounce on him who slays in the flesh and yet is slain in the spirit? And how persecute you him who is a deceiver and oppressor and yet in himself is aggrieved and outraged?’ (Kahlil Gibran).</p>
<p>I stand the risk of being misunderstood and misjudged. I do not condone the ongoing violent attacks in civilian areas all over Pakistan which victimize innocents. I cannot possibly justify them, nor can any human being in his right mind. But I think I can understand why. I can dare just that much.</p>
<p>And this understanding is important. Because it is through understanding that you reach the heart of the matter, and it is reaching the heart of the matter that you find the solution and begin the healing process. And the heart of the matter is the simple truth about human nature. The heart of the matter is to understand. The heart of the matter is looking to the roots. It is as simple as that.</p>
<p>To begin the healing, we need to set the record straight that this war never was ours, and that the critical transition from ‘theirs’ to ‘ours’ is the triumph of the mighty empire that seeks to export its wars to lands it can buy over with a few billion dollars. We need to face the wrongs we have done. We need to realize that there is no profit in the billions made out of the blood of innocents. We need to realize that violence begets violence. We need to realize that we willed this all, and that ending this vicious cycle of violence is our responsibility, because ‘a single leaf turns not yellow but with the silent assent of the whole tree. So the wrong-doer cannot do wrong but with the secret will of you all.’ (Kahlil Gibran).</p>
<p>We need to realize that armies and weaponry can never win this war &#8212; just like it never could in Vietnam, or in Iraq, or even in Afghanistan. And we need to realize that it is never too late or too impossible to sit down and talk things out with your own people, no matter how alienated they are. The troops must be withdrawn, the operation must end and we must get talking. These aren’t monsters, these were my countrymen, and it is never too late to get talking &#8212; only my enemy would tell me otherwise.</p>
<p>There isn’t another way. The other option is to let this madness go on, making madmen of us all. The other option is the madness turning visible in all the horrors of spiraling violence &#8212; bombs going off in the midst of my thriving cities, the gored flesh and the pools of blood, the gripping fear, the haunted, deserted roads. Just like the death and destruction reigning the dirt-streets of some unnamed village in Waziristan. It comes full circle.</p>
<p>Every bomb going off adds to the horrible, crippling Terror that sinks into my bones. The fear and hysteria is of far more import than the death and destruction. When I am frightened to hell, I am easily manipulated, and when I am easily manipulated, I am owned, controlled, made to do what Somebody requires of me. I lose my sovereignty, my identity, my everything. I become the etherized patient spread over the operating table. Somebody Else’s operating table.</p>
<p>And every bomb going off  strengthens the case of the Somebody Else who tries to tell us their war is ours, and that we must do their dirty work and shut up with the billions of dollars of aid doled out. Every bomb going off will be quoted in Somebody’s speeches, telling us with triumphalism and authority how terribly important it is for us to stay the course, to keep on this self-destructive path. It will keep us terrorized so Somebody can promise us security with his Blackwaters and Dynacores. It will keep us impoverished so Somebody can win us with promises of aid. It will keep us enslaved so Somebody can convince us only they can truly liberate. And it will keep us repeating the old refrain: ‘Freedom is Slavery, Ignorance is Strength, and War is Peace.’</p>
<p>It is as simple as that.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/daring-to-understand/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>FBI Data-Mining Programs Resurrect &#8220;Total Information Awareness&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/fbi-data-mining-programs-resurrect-total-information-awareness/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/fbi-data-mining-programs-resurrect-total-information-awareness/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2009 16:00:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Burghardt</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Anti-war]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democrats]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Espionage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FBI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Legal/Constitutional]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Privacy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CIFA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Total Information Awareness]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10907</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Like a vampire rising from it&#8217;s grave each night to feed on the privacy rights of Americans, the Federal Bureau of Investigation is moving forward with programs that drain the life blood from our constitutional liberties.
From the wholesale use of informants and provocateurs to stifle political dissent, to Wi-Fi hacking and viral computer spyware to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Like a vampire rising from it&#8217;s grave each night to feed on the privacy rights of Americans, the Federal Bureau of Investigation is moving forward with programs that drain the life blood from our constitutional liberties.</p>
<p>From the wholesale use of <a href="http://www.brandondarby.com/">informants</a> and <a href="http://nigelparry.com/news/sentencing-david-mckay.shtml">provocateurs</a> to stifle political dissent, to <a href="http://www.wired.com/threatlevel/2009/04/more-fbi-hackin/">Wi-Fi hacking</a> and viral computer <a href="http://www.wired.com/threatlevel/2009/04/fbi-spyware-pro/">spyware</a> to follow our every move, the FBI has turned massive data-mining of personal information into a growth industry. In the process they are building the surveillance state long been dreamed of by American securocrats.</p>
<p>A chilling new <a href="http://www.wired.com/threatlevel/2009/09/fbi-nsac/">report</a> by investigative journalist Ryan Singel provides startling details of how the FBI&#8217;s National Security Branch Analysis Center (NSAC) is quietly morphing into the Total Information Awareness (TIA) system of convicted Iran-Contra felon, Admiral John M. Poindexter. According to <a href="http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/09/nsac_funding_2008.pdf">documents</a> obtained by <em>Wired</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p>A fast-growing FBI data-mining system billed as a tool for hunting terrorists is being used in hacker and domestic criminal investigations, and now contains tens of thousands of records from private corporate databases, including car-rental companies, large hotel chains and at least one national department store. (Ryan Singel, &#8220;FBI&#8217;s Data-Mining System Sifts Airline, Hotel, Car-Rental Records,&#8221; <em>Wired</em>, September 23, 2009)</p></blockquote>
<p>Among the latest revelations of out-of-control secret state spookery, <em>Wired</em> disclosed that personal details on customers have been provided to the Bureau by the Wyndham Worldwide hotel chain &#8220;which includes Ramada Inn, Days Inn, Super 8, Howard Johnson and Hawthorn Suites.&#8221; Additional records were obtained from the Avis rental car company and Sears department stores.</p>
<p>Singel reports that the Bureau is planning a massive expansion of NSAC, one that would enlarge the scope, and mission, of the Foreign Terrorist Tracking Task Force (FTTTF) and the file-crunching, privacy-killing Investigative Data Warehouse (IDW).</p>
<p>&#8220;Among the items on its wish list,&#8221; Singel writes, &#8220;is the database of the Airlines Reporting Corporation&#8211;a company that runs a backend system for travel agencies and airlines.&#8221; If federal snoops should obtain ARC&#8217;s data-sets, the FBI would have unlimited access to &#8220;billions of American&#8217;s itineraries, as well as the information they give to travel agencies, such as date of birth, credit card numbers, names of friends and family, e-mail addresses, meal preferences and health information.&#8221;</p>
<p>The publication reports that the system &#8220;is both a meta-search engine&#8211;querying many data sources at once&#8211;and a tool that performs pattern and link analysis.&#8221; Internal FBI documents reveal that despite growing criticism of the alleged &#8220;science&#8221; of data-mining, including a stinging 2008 <a href="http://iis-db.stanford.edu/pubs/22285/Protecting_Individual_Privacy.pdf">report</a> by the prestigious National Research Council, for all intents and purposes the Bureau will transform NSAC into a low-key version of Adm. Poindexter&#8217;s Information Awareness Office. An internal FBI document provides a preview of the direction NSAC will take.</p>
<blockquote><p>According to the General Accounting Office (GAO) May 2004 report on federal data mining efforts, the GAO defined data mining as &#8220;the application of database technology&#8211;to uncover hidden patterns and subtle relationships in data and to infer rules that allow for the prediction of future results&#8221; (GAO-05-866, Data Mining p. 4). There are a number of security and privacy issues that government and private industry must address when contemplating the use of technology and data in these ways. While the current activities and efforts of the IDW and FTTTF programs do not provide NSB [National Security Branch] users with the full level of data mining services as defined above <em>it is the intention of the NSAC to pursue and refine these capabilities</em> where permitted by statute and policy. The implementation and responsible utilization of these services will advance the FBI&#8217;s ability to address national security threats in a timely fashion, uncover previously unknown patterns and trends and empower agents and analysts to better &#8220;hunt between the cases&#8221; to find those persons, places or things of investigative and intelligence interest. (Federal Bureau of Investigation, &#8220;Fiscal Year (FY) 2008, Internal Planning &amp; Budget Review, Program Narrative for Enhancements/Increases,&#8221; p. 5, emphasis added)</p></blockquote>
<p>Unsurprisingly, in their quest for increased funding FBI officials failed to mention that the 2004 GAO <a href="http://epic.org/privacy/profiling/gao_dm_rpt.pdf">report</a> raised significant and troubling questions glossed over by securocrats. To wit, GAO investigators averred:</p>
<blockquote><p>Privacy concerns about mined or analyzed personal data also include concerns about the quality and accuracy of the mined data; the use of the data for other than the original purpose for which the data were collected without the consent of the individual; the protection of the data against unauthorized access, modification, or disclosure; and the right of individuals to know about the collection of personal information, how to access that information, and how to request a correction of inaccurate information. (General Accounting Office, Data Mining: Federal Efforts Cover a Wide Range of Uses, GAO-04-548, May 2004)</p></blockquote>
<p>Despite these concerns, an FBI budget <a href="http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/09/nsac_misc.pdf">document</a> released to <em>Wired</em> baldly states:</p>
<blockquote><p>The NSAC will provide subject-based &#8220;link analysis&#8221; through utilization of the FBI&#8217;s collection data sets, combined with public records on predicated subjects. Link analysis uses these data sets to find links between subjects, suspects, and addresses or other pieces of relevant information, and other persons, places, and things. This technique is currently being used on a limited basis by the FBI; the NSAC will provide improved processes and greater access to this technique to all NSB components. The NSAC will also pursue &#8220;pattern analysis&#8221; as part of its service to the NSB. &#8220;Pattern analysis&#8221; queries take a predictive model or pattern of behavior and search for that pattern in data sets. The FBI&#8217;s efforts to define predictive models and patterns of behavior should improve efforts to identify &#8220;sleeper cells.&#8221; Information produced through data exploitation will be processed by analysts who are experts in the use of this information and used to produce products that comply with requirements for the proper handling of the information. (Federal Bureau of Investigation, &#8220;National Security Branch Analytical Capabilities,&#8221; November 12, 2008)</p></blockquote>
<p>Four years after the GAO report cited the potential for abuse inherent in such techniques, The National Research Council&#8217;s exhaustive study criticized the alleged ability of data-miners to discover hidden &#8220;patterns&#8221; and &#8220;trends&#8221; among disparate data-sets &#8220;precisely because so little is known about what patterns indicate terrorist activity; as a result, they are likely to generate huge numbers of false leads.&#8221;</p>
<p>False leads that may very well land an innocent person on a terrorist watch-list or as a subject of a wide-ranging and unwarranted national security investigation. But as with all things relating to &#8220;counterterrorism,&#8221; the guilt or innocence of the average citizen is a trifling matter while moves to &#8220;empower agents&#8221; to &#8220;find those persons, places or things of investigative and intelligence interest,&#8221; is the paramount goal. &#8220;Justice&#8221; under such a system becomes another preemptive &#8220;tool&#8221; subject to the whims of our political masters.</p>
<p>The use of federal dollars for such a dubious and questionable enterprise has already had real-world consequences for political activists. Just ask RNC Welcoming Committee activists currently under indictment in Minnesota for their role in organizing legal protests against the far-right Republican National Convention last year in St. Paul.</p>
<p>As <em>Antifascist Calling</em> <a href="http://antifascist-calling.blogspot.com/2009/02/targeting-rnc-welcoming-committee-case.html">revealed</a> earlier this year, one private security outfit, the now-defunct Highway Watch which worked closely with the FBI, used &#8220;social network theory&#8221; and &#8220;link analysis,&#8221; and cited the group&#8217;s legal political organizing, including &#8220;increased membership via the internet&#8221; and &#8220;public appearances at various locations across the US,&#8221; as a significant factor that rendered the group a &#8220;legitimate&#8221; target for heightened surveillance and COINTELPRO-style disruption.</p>
<p>Singel also disclosed that NSAC shared data &#8220;with the Pentagon&#8217;s controversial Counter-Intelligence Field Activity office, a secretive domestic-spying unit which collected data on peace groups, including the Quakers, until it was shut down in 2008. But the FBI told lawmakers it would be careful in its interactions with that group.&#8221;</p>
<p>As journalists and congressional investigators subsequently revealed however, CIFA&#8217;s dark heart&#8211;the office&#8217;s mammoth databases&#8211;were off-loaded to other secret state security agencies, including the FBI.</p>
<p><strong>CIFA: Closed Down or Farmed Out?</strong></p>
<p>When CIFA ran aground after a series of media disclosures beginning in 2004, some critics believed that was the end of that. &#8220;From the beginning of its existence,&#8221; investigative journalist Tim Shorrock revealed in <em><a href="http://books.simonandschuster.com/9780743282246">Spies For Hire</a></em>, &#8220;CIFA had extensive authority to conduct domestic counterintelligence.&#8221;</p>
<p>Indeed, one CIFA official &#8220;was the deputy director of the FBI&#8217;s multiagency Foreign Terrorist Tracking Task Force,&#8221; Shorrock wrote, &#8220;and other CIFA officials were assigned to more than one hundred regional Joint Terrorism Task Forces where they served with other personnel from the Pentagon, as well as the FBI, state and local police, and the Department of Homeland Security.&#8221;</p>
<p>Several investigative reports in <em>Antifascist Calling</em> have documented the close interconnections among Pentagon spy agencies, the FBI, DHS, private contractors, local and state police in what have come to be known as fusion centers, which rely heavily on extensive data-mining operations.</p>
<p>Their role as clearinghouses for domestic intelligence will expand even further under President Obama&#8217;s purported &#8220;change&#8221; administration.</p>
<p><em>Federal Computer Week</em> <a href="http://fcw.com/articles/2009/09/30/web-new-dhs-fusion-center-office.aspx">revealed</a> September 30, that DHS &#8220;is establishing a new office to coordinate its intelligence-sharing efforts in state and local intelligence fusion centers.&#8221;</p>
<p>According to the publication, a &#8220;new Joint Fusion Center Program Management Office will be part of DHS&#8217; Office of Intelligence and Analysis, [DHS Secretary Janet] Napolitano told the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee. Napolitano said she strongly supports the centers.&#8221;</p>
<p>Though little reported by the corporate media, domestic spying had become big business with some very powerful constituencies.</p>
<p>Take CIFA, for example. Ostensibly a Defense Department agency, the secretive office which once had a multi-billion dollar budget at its disposal, was a veritable cash cow for enterprising security grifters. Much has been made of the corrupt contracts forged by disgraced Pentagon contractor Mitchell Wade and his MZM corporation, caught up in the &#8220;Duke&#8221; Cunningham scandal that landed the San Diego Republican congressman an eight-year federal prison term in 2006. Untouched however, by the outcry over domestic Pentagon spying were top-flight defense and security firms who lent their considerable resources&#8211;at a steep price&#8211;to the office.</p>
<p>Among the corporations who contracted out analysts and operatives to CIFA were heavy hitters such as Lockheed Martin, Carlyle Group subsidiary U.S. Investigations Services, Analex, Inc., an intelligence contractor owned by the U.K.&#8217;s QinetiQ, ManTech International, the Harris Corporation, SRA International, as well as General Dynamics, CACI International and the Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC). All told, these corporations reap tens of billions of dollars annually in federal largesse.</p>
<p>As Shorrock revealed, by 2006 CIFA &#8220;had four hundred full-time employees and eight hundred to nine hundred contractors working for it.&#8221; Many were military intelligence and security analysts who jumped ship to land lucrative six-figure contracts in the burgeoning homeland security market, as the whistleblowing web site <a href="http://www.wikileaks.org/">Wikileaks</a> revealed in July when they <a href="http://88.80.16.63/leak/wajac-outsourcing-2008.pdf">published</a> a massive 1525-page file on just <em>one</em> fusion center.</p>
<p>Information illegally obtained on American citizens by CIFA came to reside in the office&#8217;s Threat And Local Observation Notice (TALON) system and a related database known as CORNERSTONE.</p>
<p>In 2007, the National Security Archive published Pentagon <a href="http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB230/index.htm">documents</a> outlining U.S. Northern Command&#8217;s (USNORTHCOM) extensive surveillance activities that targeted legal political protests organized by antiwar activists. In April 2007, Undersecretary of Defense for Intelligence, Lt. General James Clapper, &#8220;reviewed the results of the TALON program&#8221; and concluded &#8220;he did not believe they merit continuing the program as currently constituted.&#8221;</p>
<p>Despite revelations that CIFA and USNORTHCOM had illegally conducted prohibited activities in violation of the Posse Comitatus Act, which restricts the military from carrying out domestic law enforcement, not a <em>single</em> operative or program manager was brought to book. According to The National Security Archive:</p>
<blockquote><p>In June 2007, the Department of Defense Inspector General released the results of his review of the TALON reporting program. Its findings included the observation that CIFA and the Northern Command &#8220;legally gathered and maintained U.S. person information on individuals or organizations involved in domestic protests and demonstrations against DOD&#8221;&#8211;information gathered for law enforcement and force protection purposes as permitted by Defense Department directive (5200.27) on the &#8220;Acquisition of Information Concerning Persons and Organizations Not Affiliated with the Department of Defense.&#8221; However, CIFA did not comply with the 90-day retention review policy specified by that directive and the CORNERSTONE database did not have the capability to identify TALON reports with U.S. person information, to identify reports requiring a 90-day retention review, or allow analysts to edit or delete the TALON reports.</p>
<p>In August the Defense Department announced that it would shut down the CORNERSTONE database on September 17, with information subsequently collected on potential terror or security threats to Defense Department facilities or personnel being sent to an FBI data base known as GUARDIAN. A department spokesman said the database was being terminated because &#8220;the analytical value had declined,&#8221; not due to public criticism, and that the Pentagon was hoping to establish a new system&#8211;not necessarily a database&#8211;to &#8220;streamline&#8221; threat reporting, according to a statement released by the Department&#8217;s public affairs office. (Jeffrey Richelson, &#8220;The Pentagon&#8217;s Counterspies: The Counterintelligence Field Activity,&#8221; The National Security Archive, September 17, 2007)</p></blockquote>
<p>Last year <em>Antifascist Calling</em> <a href="http://antifascist-calling.blogspot.com/2008/08/cifa-closes-pentagon-opens-new-spy-shop.html">reported</a> that when CIFA was shut down, that organization&#8217;s TALON database was off-loaded to the Defense Intelligence Agency&#8217;s Defense Counterintelligence and Human Intelligence Center and the FBI&#8217;s GUARDIAN database that resides in the Bureau&#8217;s Investigative Data Warehouse (IDW).</p>
<p>The IDW is a massive repository for data-mining. As I <a href="http://antifascist-calling.blogspot.com/2009/05/fbis-department-of-precrime.html">reported</a> in May, citing the Electronic Frontier Foundation&#8217;s <a href="http://www.eff.org/issues/foia/investigative-data-warehouse-report">revelations</a>, the IDW possesses something on the order of 1.5 billion searchable files. In comparison, the entire Library of Congress contains 138 million unique documents.</p>
<p>EFF has called the IDW &#8220;the FBI&#8217;s single largest repository of operational and intelligence information.&#8221;</p>
<p>In 2005, FBI Section Chief Michael Morehart said that &#8220;IDW is a centralized, web-enabled, closed system repository for intelligence and investigative data.&#8221; Unidentified FBI agents have described it as &#8220;one-stop shopping&#8221; for FBI agents and an &#8220;uber-Google.&#8221; According to the Bureau, &#8220;[t]he IDW system provides data storage, database management, search, information presentation, and security services.&#8221;</p>
<p>As the <em>Wired</em> investigation reveals, NSAC intends to expand these data-mining capabilities. Currently, NSAC employs &#8220;103 full-time employees and contractors, and the FBI was seeking budget approval for another 71 employees, plus more than $8 million for outside contractors to help analyze its growing pool of private and public data.&#8221; Long-term, according to a planning document, the FBI &#8220;wants to expand the center to 439 people.&#8221;</p>
<p>While John Poindexter&#8217;s Total Information Awareness program may have disappeared along with the Bush administration, it&#8217;s toxic heart lives on in the National Security Branch Analysis Center.</p>
<p><strong>TIA, IDW, NSAC: What&#8217;s in an Acronym? Plenty!</strong></p>
<p>When the Pentagon&#8217;s Defense Advanced Research Project Agency (<a href="http://www.darpa.mil/">DARPA</a>) stood up the Information Awareness Office in 2002, the office&#8217;s stated mission was to gather as much information on American citizens as possible and store it in a centralized, meta-database for perusal by secret state agencies.</p>
<p>Information included in the massive data-sets by IAO included internet activity, credit card purchase histories, airline ticket purchases and travel itineraries, rental car records, medical histories, educational transcripts, driver&#8217;s licenses, social security numbers, utility bills, tax returns, indeed any searchable record imaginable.</p>
<p>As <em>Wired</em> reported, these are the data-sets that NSAC plans to exploit.</p>
<p>When Congress killed the DARPA program in 2004, most critics believed that was the end of the Pentagon&#8217;s leap back into domestic intelligence. However, as we have since learned, the data-mining portion of the program was farmed out to a host of state agencies, including the National Security Agency, the Defense Intelligence Agency and the FBI.</p>
<p>Needless to say, private sector involvement&#8211;and lucrative contracts&#8211;for TIA projects included usual suspects such as Booz Allen Hamilton, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, The Analysis Group and SAIC, as well as a number of low-key firms such as 21st Century Technologies, Inc., Evolving Logic, Global InfoTech, Inc., and the Orwellian-sounding Fund For Peace.</p>
<p>These firms, and many more, are current NSAC contractors; to all intents and purposes TIA now resides deep inside the Bureau&#8217;s Investigative Data Warehouse and NSAC&#8217;s Foreign Terrorist Tracking Task Force.</p>
<p>While the FBI claims that unlike TIA, NSAC is not &#8220;open-ended&#8221; and that a &#8220;mission is usually begun with a list of names or personal identifiers that have arisen during a threat assessment, preliminary or full investigation,&#8221; <em>Wired</em> reports that &#8220;the FBI&#8217;s pre-crime intentions are much wider that the bureau acknowledged.&#8221;</p>
<p>This will inevitably change&#8211;and not for the better&#8211;as NSAC expands its brief and secures an ever-growing mountain of data at an exponential rate. In this endeavor, they will be aided by the U.S. Senate.</p>
<p>With three provisions of the draconian Patriot Act set to expire at years&#8217; end, the Senate Judiciary Committee, chaired by Sen. Patrick Leahy (D-VI) and Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-CA), a member of the committee and chairwoman of the powerful Senate Intelligence Committee, stripped-away privacy protections to proposed legislation that would extend the provisions.</p>
<p>Caving-in to pressure from the FBI which claims that protecting Americans&#8217; privacy rights from out-of-control spooks would jeopardize &#8220;ongoing&#8221; terror investigations, Leahy gutted the safeguards he had espoused just last week!</p>
<p>Claiming that his own proposal might hinder open-ended &#8220;terror&#8221; investigations Leahy said at the hearing, &#8220;I&#8217;m trying to introduce balances on both sides.&#8221; The original amendment would have curtailed Bureau fishing expeditions and would have required an actual connection of investigated parties to terrorism or foreign espionage.</p>
<p>Leahy was referring to Section 215 of the Patriot Act that allows the secretive Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISC) to authorize broad warrants for nearly any type of record, including those held by banks, libraries, internet service providers, credit card companies, even doctors of &#8220;persons of interest.&#8221;</p>
<p>An amendment offered by Sen. Richard Durbin (D-IL) to repeal the Leahy-Feinstein amendment was defeated in committee by a 4-15 vote. As the Senator from the FBI, Feinstein said that the Bureau did not support Durbin&#8217;s amendment. &#8220;It would end several classified and critical investigations,&#8221; she said. Or perhaps Durbin&#8217;s amendment would have lowered the boom on a host of illegal programs across the 16-agency U.S. &#8220;Intelligence Community.&#8221;</p>
<p>As <em>Antifascist Calling</em> <a href="http://antifascist-calling.blogspot.com/2009/07/was-dr-david-kelly-target-of-dick.html">reported</a> in July, a 38-page <a href="http://judiciary.house.gov/hearings/pdf/IGTSPReport090710.pdf">declassified report</a> by inspectors general of the CIA, NSA, Department of Justice, Department of Defense and the Office of National Intelligence collectively called the acknowledged &#8220;Terrorist Surveillance Program&#8221; and cross-agency top secret &#8220;Other Intelligence Activities&#8221; the &#8220;President&#8217;s Surveillance Program,&#8221; PSP.</p>
<p>The IG&#8217;s report failed to disclose what these programs actually did, and probably still do today under the Obama administration. Shrouded beneath impenetrable layers of secrecy and deceit, these undisclosed programs lie at the dark heart of the state&#8217;s war against the American people.</p>
<p>The Department of Justice&#8217;s Office of Inspector General (OIG) described FBI participation in the PSP as that of a passive &#8220;recipient of intelligence collected under the program&#8221; and efforts by the Bureau &#8220;to improve cooperation with the NSA to enhance the usefulness of PSP-derived information to FBI agents.&#8221;</p>
<p>The OIG goes on to state that &#8220;further details about these topics are classified and therefore cannot be discussed here.&#8221; As <em>The New York Times</em> revealed earlier this year in <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/16/us/16nsa.html">April</a> and <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/06/17/us/17nsa.html">June</a>, the NSA&#8217;s STELLAR WIND and PINWALE internet and email text intercept programs are giant data-mining meta-databases that sift emails, faxes, and text messages of millions of people in the United States.</p>
<p>Far from being mere passive spectators, the FBI&#8217;s Investigative Data Warehouse continues to be a major recipient of NSA&#8217;s STELLAR WIND and PINWALE programs. As Marc Ambinder reported in <em><a href="http://politics.theatlantic.com/2009/06/pinwale_and_the_new_nsa_revelations.php">The Atlantic</a></em> PINWALE is &#8220;an unclassified proprietary term used to refer to advanced data-mining software that the government uses. Contractors who do SIGINT mining work often include a familiarity with Pinwale as a prerequisite for certain jobs.&#8221;</p>
<p>As the Electronic Frontier Foundation&#8217;s report on the IDW revealed, the FBI closely worked with SAIC, Convera and Chiliad to develop the project. Indeed, as EFF discovered &#8220;The FBI set up an Information Sharing Policy Group (ISPG), chaired by the Executive Assistant Directors of Administration and Intelligence, to review requests to ingest additional datasets into the IDW, in response to Congressional &#8216;privacy concerns that may arise from FBI engaging in &#8216;data mining.&#8217; In February 2005, the Counterterrorism Division asked for <a href="http://www.eff.org/files/filenode/foia_idw/20080408_idw02-datasetsapproved.pdf">8 more data sources</a>.&#8221; The names of the data sources were redacted in three of the eight datasets reviewed by EFF while three came from the Department of Homeland Security.</p>
<p>All of which begs the question: what is the FBI hiding behind it&#8217;s reorganization of the FTTTF and IDW into the National Security Branch Analysis Center? What role does the National Security Agency and private contractors play in standing-up NSAC? And why, as EFF disclosed, is the Bureau fearful of including Privacy Impact Assessments (PIAs) that might raise &#8220;congressional consciousness levels and expectations&#8221; in the context of Bureau &#8220;national security systems&#8221;?</p>
<p>Indeed, as the American Civil Liberties Union <a href="http://www.aclu.org/safefree/general/41144prs20090924.html">stated</a>, &#8220;once again, the FBI has been found to be using invasive &#8216;counterterrorism&#8217; tools to collect personal information about innocent Americans,&#8221; and it &#8220;appears that the FBI has continued its habit of gathering bulk amounts of personal information with little or no oversight.&#8221;</p>
<p>Not that congressional grifters and their corporate cronies, who have much to gain from billions of federal dollars pumped into these intrusive programs, actually care to explore what becomes of data illegally collected on innocent Americans by NSAC.</p>
<p>The civil liberties watchdog concludes they have &#8220;long suspected that the congressional dissent over and public demise of the Pentagon&#8217;s TIA program would result in a concealed and more invasive version of the program.&#8221;</p>
<p><em>Plus ça change, plus c&#8217;est la même chose</em>. Somewhere near Washington Admiral Poindexter is leaning back in his chair, filling his pipe and smiling&#8230;</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/fbi-data-mining-programs-resurrect-total-information-awareness/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>More Obama Administration Witch-Hunt Targets</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/more-obama-administration-witch-hunt-targets/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/more-obama-administration-witch-hunt-targets/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2009 16:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Stephen Lendman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Discrimination]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Justice]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Police]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10840</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The FBI&#8217;s top six news stories for the week ending September 25 were about arrests and/or indictments of suspected Muslim terrorists. Combined, they became the latest national security targets in America&#8217;s war on Islam. 
Waged relentlessly since 9/11, it continues unabated under Obama for the same political advantage George Bush sought by stoking fear to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The FBI&#8217;s top six news stories for the week ending September 25 were about arrests and/or indictments of suspected Muslim terrorists. Combined, they became the latest national security targets in America&#8217;s war on Islam. </p>
<p>Waged relentlessly since 9/11, it continues unabated under Obama for the same political advantage George Bush sought by stoking fear to be used as a pretext to wage imperial wars and crack down ruthlessly at home with police state efficiency &#8212; today against Muslims, Latino immigrants, environmental and animal rights activists, and street protestors, tomorrow against anyone voicing dissent.</p>
<p><strong>Najibullah Zazi: The FBI&#8217;s Top Story for the Week Ending September 25, 2009</strong></p>
<p>On September 24, an FBI press release announced the  indictment of Najibullah Zazi, an Aurora, CO-based legal US resident from Afghanistan on a conspiracy charge &#8220;to use weapons of mass destruction (explosive bombs) against persons or property in the United States&#8221; based on allegations that he &#8220;received bomb-making instructions in Pakistan, purchased components of improvised explosive devices, and traveled to New York City on September 10 in furtherance of his criminal plans.&#8221; </p>
<p>He was also charged with knowingly and willfully making false statements to the FBI regarding international and domestic terrorism. In addition, the indictment alleges that he and others traveled in interstate and foreign commerce and used email and the Internet to carry out his &#8220;criminal plans.&#8221; If convicted, Zazi faces a potential life sentence even though he&#8217;s likely another victim of police state justice in Washington&#8217;s war on Islam.</p>
<p><em>New York Times</em> writers David Johnston and Scott Shane called it &#8220;One of the Most Serious (Cases) in Years based on documents filed against Zazi that &#8220;he bought chemicals needed to build a bomb &#8211; hydrogen peroxide, acetone and hydrochloric acid &#8212; and in doing so, Mr. Zazi took a critical step made by few other terrorism suspects.&#8221; He made his purchases at a beauty shop, hardly the sort of venue for terrorist supplies.</p>
<p>Hydrogen peroxide is a common bleaching agent and mild disinfectant. Acetone is an inflammable organic solvent used in nail polish remover, making plastics and for cleaning purposes in laboratories. Hydrochloric acid is used in oil production, ore reduction, food processing, pickling, and metal cleaning. It&#8217;s also found in the stomach in diluted form.</p>
<p>Zazi&#8217;s indictment alleges that he learned explosives techniques at a Pakistani Al-Queda training camp, that he stored nine pages of &#8220;formulations and instructions&#8221; on his laptop regarding the chemicals he bought for &#8220;the manufacture and handling of initiating explosives, main explosives charges, (and) explosives detonators and components of a fuzing system,&#8221; and that he planned to attack New York commuter trains or another major target on the eighth 9/11 anniversary, even though he built no bombs and the chemicals he bought can be freely purchased over-the-counter by anyone.</p>
<p>Nonetheless, Jarret Brachman, author of Global Jihadism and a government terrorist consultant, said despite more details to be learned, the case was &#8220;shaping up to be one of the most serious terrorist bomb plots developed in the United States,&#8221; one resembling the London July 2005 underground attacks. </p>
<p>On July 7, 2005, multiple mock terror drills occurred at  the same time as the transit system attack. In addition, other UK and American mock drills took place on the same day and exact time as actual &#8220;terror&#8221; attacks. On the 9/11 morning, in fact, at the same time the twin towers were struck, the CIA in Virginia was running &#8220;a pre-planned simulation to explore the emergency response issues that would be created if a plane were to strike a building.&#8221; Described by the administration as &#8220;a bizarre coincidence,&#8221; the media never mentioned it. The story was buried and forgotten, and no investigation followed,</p>
<p>Karen Greenberg, executive director of New York University&#8217;s Center on Law and Security called other post-9/11 prosecutions &#8220;fantasy terrorism cases,&#8221; yet, citing scary ingredients, preemptively sees Zazi as &#8220;the case the government kept claiming it had but never did,&#8221; even though conclusive evidence is absent, Zazi denies involvement in a terror plot, and by law he&#8217;s innocent until proved guilty.</p>
<p>Even the <em>Times</em> acknowledges that:</p>
<p>&#8211; veteran counterterrorism investigators admit that important facts remain unknown, including whether Zazi selected a specific target, date, and recruited others to help;</p>
<p>&#8211; no operational bomb exists, according to DOJ officials; and</p>
<p>&#8211; it&#8217;s unclear why a Colorado-based man drove to New York without the chemicals he bought at home, perhaps indicating they were for another purpose, not terrorism. </p>
<p>Yet US prosecutor Tim Neff told a Denver federal judge that Zazi &#8220;was intent on being in New York on 9/11 (and that he) was in the throes of making a bomb and attempting to perfect his formulation.&#8221; He called circumstantial evidence a &#8220;chilling, disturbing sequence of events&#8221; pointing to a possible terror attack, but where&#8217;s the bomb and what&#8217;s the motive?</p>
<p><strong>Others Arrested and Charged with Zazi: The FBI&#8217;s Second Top Story for the Week Ending September 25, 2009</strong></p>
<p>An earlier September 20 FBI press release announced two others arrested with Zazi &#8220;on charges of making false statements to federal agents in an ongoing terror investigation&#8221; &#8212;  his father, Mohammed Wali Zazi and Ahmad Wais Afzali.</p>
<p>&#8220;Each of the defendants has been charged by criminal complaint with knowingly and willfully making false statements to the FBI in a matter involving international and domestic terrorism.&#8221; If convicted, Afzali and Zazi&#8217;s father face up to eight years in prison. His son may be incarcerated for life, yet the FBI admits that:</p>
<p>&#8220;It is important to note that we have no specific information regarding the timing, location or target of any planned attack,&#8221; nor can they find a bomb.</p>
<p>In other words, none exists nor evidence of a motive or plan to detonate one, yet the FBI arrested and charged three men on dubious suspicions and got highly-charged media reports to suggest &#8220;a big one&#8221; was imminent. </p>
<p>It&#8217;s typical of how the Justice Department operates &#8212; shoot, ready, aim. In other words, first arrest, charge, and generate fear through the media, then invent a plot, concoct evidence to prove it, indict suspects, bring them to trial, and intimidate juries to convict because no one wants terrorists in their neighborhood even though the likelihood is virtually nil.</p>
<p>The September 20 press release merely added that:</p>
<p>On August 28, 2008, &#8220;Najibullah Zazi flew to Peshawar, Pakistan from Newark International Airport via Geneva, Switzerland and Doha, Qatar. CBP (US Customs and Border Protection) records further reflect that (Zazi) traveled from Peshawar to John F. Kennedy International Airport on or about Jan. 15, 2009.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;On September 10, 2009, New York City Police Department (NYPD) detectives met with defendant Afzali (a Flushing, NY resident), whom the NYPD had utilized as a source in the past,&#8221; suggesting that the DOJ will use him against the younger Zazi and offer leniency if he cooperates &#8212; a familiar tactic to frame other innocent victims and show how law enforcement is removing &#8220;bad guys,&#8221; targeted for political advantage.</p>
<p><strong>Zazi&#8217;s Background</strong></p>
<p>According to the <em>New York Times</em>, he was born on August 10, 1985 in a small Eastern Afghanistan village. In 1991 or 1992, his family moved to the Peshawar area of Pakistan &#8212; &#8220;ground zero in the US jihadist war and home to many Al-Queda operatives,&#8221; according to the DOJ.</p>
<p>In the early 1990s, Mohammed Zazi, his father, came to Flushing, New York, drove a cab, worked 12-hour shifts, lived in a two-bedroom apartment, and prayed at the nearby Hazrat Abu Bakr Mosque. The younger Zazi was much like others in his high school, but he did poorly in his studies and dropped out before graduating. According to his step-uncle, Mr. Rasooli, &#8220;He was a dumb kid, believe me,&#8221; but tried to make enough money to help his father. </p>
<p>He worked as a coffee cart vendor on New York streets, and said he drove back to New York to clear up related issues. According to an old customer, Imran Khan, he was back at his regular spot on the morning of September 11, 2009. Khan and others saw him joking and laughing with some old regulars, not heading off to detonate bombs.</p>
<p>In addition, an acquaintance named Rahul recalled Zazi saying about the 9/11 attacks: &#8220;I don&#8217;t know how people could do things like this. I&#8217;d never do anything like that.&#8221; Other friends agreed that he abhorred violence and called terrorism at odds with the teachings of Islam. He was a devout Muslim, grew his beard long, and occasionally wore tunics instead of more Western-style clothes.</p>
<p>On a 2006 trip to Pakistan, he married and hoped later to be able to afford to bring his new wife to America. Each year, he flew back to see her, including on August 28, 2008, the FBI-announced trip in its press release. Two months after he returned the following January, he filed for bankruptcy and moved to Colorado to live more cheaply and be close to an aunt and uncle in Aurora.</p>
<p>He worked as a shuttle van driver at Denver International Airport, applied for a limousine license, underwent an airport background check, then drove a van for the Big Sky Company and later ABC Transportation. In July, 2009, his parents left New York and joined him.</p>
<p>On September 25, <em>New York Times</em> writer Michael Wilson headlined his <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/26/nyregion/26profile.html?hpw">story</a>, &#8220;From Smiling Coffee Vendor to Terror Suspect,&#8221; and said:</p>
<p>&#8220;according to federal investigators, (Zazi worked on bomb materials) in a hotel suite he rented in Aurora,&#8221; but unexplained was how he could afford it on his small income along with his regular apartment. Yet, investigators &#8220;say chemical residue they found in the kitchen there indicates he tried to heat up the beauty supplies (he bought) to help convert them in a bomb.&#8221; But unexplained was how someone called &#8220;dumb&#8221; would be smart enough to make bombs for potentially the &#8220;biggest terror case since 9/11,&#8221; according to <em>CBS News</em>. In federal court on September 29, he pleaded not guilty to all charges, but was held without bail pending trial</p>
<p><strong>Hosam Maher Husein Smadi: The FBI&#8217;s Third Top Story for the Week Ending September 25, 2009</strong></p>
<p>On September 24, an FBI press release &#8220;announced today that Hosam Maher Husein Smadi, 19, (was arrested in downtown Dallas) and charged in a federal criminal complaint with attempting to use a weapon of mass destruction&#8230; after he placed an &#8216;inert/inactive&#8217; car bomb&#8221; near a 60-story office tower. &#8220;Smadi, a Jordanian citizen in the US illegally&#8230; repeatedly espoused his desire to commit violent jihad and has been the focus of an undercover FBI investigation.&#8221;</p>
<p>He &#8220;made clear his intention to serve as a soldier for Usama Bin Laden and al Qaeda, and to conduct violent jihad. Undercover FBI agents, posing as members of an al Queda &#8217;sleeper&#8217; cell, were introduced to Smadi, who repeatedly indicated to them that he came to the US for the specific purpose of committing &#8216;Jihad for the sake of God&#8217;&#8230; against those he deemed to be enemies of Islam.&#8221;</p>
<p>On September 27, James C. McKinley, Jr. headlined his <em>New York Times</em> <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/28/us/28texas.html">story</a>, &#8220;Friends&#8217; Portrait of Texas Bomb Plot Suspect at Odds With FBI.&#8221; They called him an extremely outgoing young man, who smoked marijuana and drank beer with his friends in the complex where he lived. He did endless favors for them, held barbecues, and baby-sat for neighborhood children.</p>
<p>He also went to local dance clubs featuring Arabic techno music, and at home, had friends over to watch action movies on his widescreen TV. A Ms. Deloach said He &#8220;came here because it was really strict out there in Jordan. He wanted freedom.&#8221; According to McKinley:</p>
<p>&#8220;That no one here suspected (him) of hating Americans suggests he was either an extremely talented undercover terrorist or a troubled young man at war with himself, going out of the way to befriend Americans he lived with while, the authorities say, plotting to kill thousands of people when he surfed radical Islamic chat rooms online.&#8221; Or perhaps he&#8217;s neither of the above, just  an ordinary person justifiably angry about Washington&#8217;s war on Islam but not plotting a terror bombing to retaliate.</p>
<p>According to his father in Jordan:</p>
<p>The charges against his son are &#8220;completely fabricated and in our family we never condoned terrorism.&#8221; He added that his other son Hussein, aged 18, was also arrested in California, apparently related to Hosam&#8217;s case. They both entered the country legally in 2007 on student visas.</p>
<p>The Smadi case is a typical FBI sting, much like others designed to entrap unwitting victims, this time with undercover agents, other times with paid informants usually charged with crimes and offered leniency for their cooperation.</p>
<p>One of many earlier cases involved the &#8220;<a href="http://www.workers.org/2009/us/fort_dix_0416/">Fort Dix Five</a>&#8221; &#8212; innocent Muslim men convicted of conspiracy and other charges related to plans to kill as many soldiers as possible on the Army base, a ludicrous charge but it stuck. Described as &#8220;radical Islamists,&#8221; the media played along and the result was predictable even though there was no plot and no crime, just a familiar FBI sting operation to entrap them, then intimidate a jury to convict.</p>
<p>According to Anthony Barkow, former federal prosecutor and current executive director of the Center on the Administration of Criminal Law at New York University&#8217;s School of Law:</p>
<p>&#8220;A person (often) is entrapped when he has no previous intention to violate the law and is persuaded to commit the crime by government agents.&#8221;</p>
<p>Further, US conspiracy law prosecutions can be based on such thin evidence that former Supreme Court Justice Robert Jackson once said it &#8220;constitutes a serious threat to fairness in our administration of justice.&#8221; According to other legal experts, it let&#8217;s prosecutors target people they don&#8217;t like, want to convict to set an example, or simply show government is removing dangerous terror threats. Today, most often they&#8217;re Muslims or environmental or animal rights activists, and virtually never is a charged suspect guilty. Yet they&#8217;re usually convicted and sentenced to hard time in federal prisons &#8212; the fate now awaiting Smadi and the others when their cases come to trial.</p>
<p><strong>Daniel Patrick Boyd: The FBI&#8217;s Fourth Top Story for the Week Ending September 25, 2009</strong></p>
<p>On September 24, the FBI announced a &#8220;Superseding Indictment in Boyd Matter Charg(ing) Defendants with Conspiring to Murder US Military Personnel (and) Weapons Violations.</p>
<p>Last July 27, dozens of heavily armed Swat and hostage rescue team members arrested Boyd and six other men (the so-called North Carolina 7) on terrorist-related charges, claiming they &#8220;conspir(ed) to provide material support to terrorists (and to) murder, kidnap, maim and injure persons abroad&#8221; plus other related charges.</p>
<p>The DOJ also alleged that &#8220;Boyd is a veteran of terrorist training camps in Pakistan and Afghanistan who, over the past three years, has conspired with others in this country to recruit and help young men travel overseas in order to kill.&#8221; No evidence was cited, just baseless accusations then trumpeted by the media and others on the far right.</p>
<p>The new indictment includes &#8220;all of the charges alleged in the original indictment of July 22, 2009 (plus) new (ones) against three defendants, Daniel Patrick Boyd, aka &#8216;Saifullah,&#8217; Hysen Sherifi, and (Boyd&#8217;s son) Zakariya Boyd, aka &#8216;Zak.&#8217;&#8221; New accusations claim the three men:</p>
<blockquote><p>conspir(ed) to murder US military personnel (and to do it) Boyd undertook reconnaissance of the Marine Corp Base located in Quantico, Va., and obtained maps of the base in order to plan an attack on Quantico. (He) possessed armor piercing ammunition, stating it was &#8216;to attack the Americans.&#8217;</p></blockquote>
<p>It&#8217;s the same ludicrous charge made against the Fort Dix Five defendants &#8212; the preposterous idea that a few men planned to wage war on the US Army. For Boyd and the others, to do it against the Marines, especially at a time of heightened awareness about possible terrorist attacks with military police alerted to prevent suspicious individuals, notably civilians, from getting through base security. Yet, that&#8217;s precisely what the new indictment charges, and, if convicted, the men face potential life sentences for offenses they don&#8217;t plan to commit.</p>
<p>But according to Attorney General Eric Holder:</p>
<p>&#8220;These additional charges hammer home the grim reality that today&#8217;s homegrown terrorists are not limiting their violent plans to locations overseas, but instead are willing to set their sights on American citizens and American targets, right here at home,&#8221; including the Army and Marines.</p>
<p><strong>Michael C. Finton: The FBI&#8217;s Fifth Top Story for the Week Ending September 25</strong></p>
<p>On September 24, an FBI press release announced that &#8220;Michael C. Finton, aka., &#8216;Talib Islam,&#8217; has been arrested on charges of attempted murder of federal employees and attempted use of a weapon of mass destruction (explosives) in connection with a plot to detonate a vehicle bomb at the federal building in Springfield, Ill.&#8221;</p>
<p>Another FBI sting was involved, again with undercover agents in a scheme now all too familiar, yet the public seems none the wiser.</p>
<p>According to the FBI:</p>
<p>Finton &#8220;dealt with undercover FBI agents and confidential sources who continuously monitored his activities up to the time of his arrest. Further, in his alleged efforts, Finton drove a vehicle containing inactive explosives to the Paul Finley Federal Building and Courthouse in Springfield and attempted to detonate them. (He&#8217;s) charged&#8230; with one count of attempted murder of federal officers or employees and attempted use of a weapon of mass destruction (aka, an inert, FBI-supplied explosive device).&#8221; If convicted, he faces possible life imprisonment.</p>
<p>On September 27, <em>New York Times</em> writer Dirk Johnson <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/28/us/28springfield.html">headlined</a> &#8220;Suspect in Illinois Bomb Plot &#8216;Didn&#8217;t Like America Very Much,&#8217;&#8221; so he planned to blow up part of it. He worked as a fry cook at Seals Fish &#038; Chicken in Springfield, IL and is described by co-workers, according to Johnson, as &#8220;cheerful and polite, but unwavering when it came to religion and politics.&#8221; So are many people, but that doesn&#8217;t make them &#8220;terrorists.&#8221; </p>
<p>Neighbors in his apartment building called him &#8220;mild-mannered&#8221; in expressing shock about the charges. A Brandon Jackson said they played chess, card games and watched soccer on television, after which Finton took him out for pizza. Vivian Laster was &#8220;baffled&#8221; that this &#8220;nice young man&#8221; was charged with such a plot. Others said he was excited to be a Muslim and occasionally he wrote articles for the Richland Community College student newspaper about campus-related entertainment activities, not the usual topic for a jihadist.</p>
<p>He took the nickname Talib Islam (student of Islam) after converting to the Islamic faith while in prison from 2001 &#8211; 2006 on charges of aggravated robbery and battery. The FBI claimed it found a document he wrote about &#8220;awaiting a return letter from John Walker Lindh.&#8221; Called an &#8220;American Taliban,&#8221; he was captured, held and tortured in Afghanistan in 2001 based on false charges that he was a Taliban terrorist fighting US forces. In fact, he only arrived in the country four weeks before 9/11 to help the Taliban against the Afghan warlords supported by Washington.</p>
<p>FBI agents arranged a sting to entrap Finton and succeeded like against the Fort Dix Five and many others. Yet according to prosecutors, he &#8220;hope(d) that (his alleged attack) would cause American troops to be pulled back out of Afghanistan and Iraq,&#8221; said the bombing would be a &#8220;historic occasion (to achieve his) biggest dream (of) bringing down the US government,&#8221; and that he would be &#8220;rewarded for his intentions.&#8221; </p>
<p>Yet court papers said he was suspicious about being &#8220;set up,&#8221; but apparently not clever enough to avoid being manipulated to carry out the alleged plot he&#8217;s now charged with. An employee at the federal building in question, a Mr. Meng, was &#8220;remind(ed that) there are evil people out there.&#8221; True enough, but not the ones he imagines.</p>
<p><strong>Betim Kaziu: The FBI&#8217;s Sixth Top Story for the Week Ending September 25, 2009</strong></p>
<p>On September 24, an FBI press release announced &#8220;An indictment&#8230; charging Betim Kaziu, a US citizen and resident of Brooklyn, with conspiracy to commit murder in a foreign country and conspiracy to provide material support to terrorists.&#8221;</p>
<p>Allegedly, &#8220;in early January 2009, (he) devised a plan to travel abroad for the purpose of joining a radical foreign fighter group and to take up arms against perceived enemies of Islam. Kaziu allegedly boarded a flight at John F. Kennedy Airport on Feb. 19, 2009, and traveled to Cairo, Egypt, where he took steps to continue on to Pakistan to obtain training and other support for violent activities&#8230;. (He) also attempted to join Al-Shabbab, a radicalized, militant (pro-Al-Queda) insurgency group (now) designated as a terrorist organization by the United States Department of State.&#8221;</p>
<p>In addition, &#8220;Kaziu made efforts to travel to Afghanistan, Iraq, and the Balkans to fight against US armed forces (and on multiple occasions attempted) to purchase weapons in Egypt. Untimately, Kaziu traveled to Kosovo where he was arrested by Kosovar law enforcement authorities in late August 2009.&#8221; Afterwards, he told his family that he was visiting a friend when the house was raided, and the weapons seized belonged to his friend&#8217;s father.</p>
<p>On September 24, Ray Rivera headlined his <em>New York Times</em> <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/25/nyregion/25jihad.htm">article</a>, &#8220;Brooklyn Man Is Accused of Trying to Aid Terrorists,&#8221; according to an indictment unsealed in Federal District Court. Yet family members expressed shock, his sister, Sihana saying &#8220;This is totally unlike him. (He) has a big heart&#8221; and was never violent.</p>
<p>Kaziu&#8217;s case is similar to the first indictment against Daniel Patrick Boyd and the other North Carolina 7 defendants. The DOJ indictment claimed that from 1989-1992, Boyd got &#8220;violent jihad&#8221; training abroad and &#8220;allegedly fought in Afghanistan&#8221; against the Soviets. Then from November 2006 through July 2009, he and the others &#8220;conspired to provide material support and resources to terrorists, including currency, training, transportation and personnel&#8221; plus other charges.</p>
<p>Federal authorities accused them of &#8220;loving jihad, fighting for Allah, and loathing a US military presence at Muslim holy sites.&#8221; Self-styled terrorism expert and notorious Islamophobe Steven Emerson highlighted the charges and claimed the FBI &#8220;found a fatwa, or religious edict, in Boyd&#8217;s house saying Muslims have &#8216;an individual duty to kill Americans and their allies.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
<p>Of course, Emerson, others on the far right, and the DOJ are notorious for manipulating, doctoring, or inventing evidence to target innocent Muslims, incite fear, and intimidate juries to convict. The charges against Kaziu are as likely bogus as the ones above and  against numerous other victims targeted for their faith, ethnicity, prominence and charity. It&#8217;s the wrong time to be Muslim in America and vital to know that we&#8217;re all equally vulnerable.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/10/more-obama-administration-witch-hunt-targets/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Street Report from the G20</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/street-report-from-the-g20/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/street-report-from-the-g20/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2009 15:59:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bill Quigley</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Disobedience]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Labor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Police]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[G20]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10748</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The G20 in Pittsburgh showed us how pitifully fearful our leaders have become. What no terrorist could do to us, our own leaders did.
Out of fear of the possibility of a terrorist attack, authorities militarize our towns, scare our people away, stop daily life and quash our constitutional rights.
For days, downtown Pittsburgh, home to the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The G20 in Pittsburgh showed us how pitifully fearful our leaders have become. What no terrorist could do to us, our own leaders did.</p>
<p>Out of fear of the possibility of a terrorist attack, authorities militarize our towns, scare our people away, stop daily life and quash our constitutional rights.</p>
<p>For days, downtown Pittsburgh, home to the G20, was a turned into a militarized people-free ghost town.  Sirens screamed day and night.  Helicopters crisscrossed the skies.  Gunboats sat in the rivers.  The skies were defended by Air Force jets.  Streets were barricaded by huge cement blocks and fencing.  Bridges were closed with National Guard across the entrances.   Public transportation was stopped downtown.  Amtrak train service was suspended for days.</p>
<p>In many areas, there were armed police every 100 feet.  Businesses closed.  Schools closed. Tens of thousands were unable to work.</p>
<p>Four thousand police were on duty plus 2500 National Guard plus Coast Guard and Air Force and dozens of other security agencies.  A thousand volunteers from other police forces were sworn in to help out.</p>
<p>Police were dressed in battle gear, bulky black ninja turtle outfits: helmets with clear visors, strapped on body armor, shin guards, big boots, batons, and long guns.</p>
<p>In addition to helicopters, the police had hundreds of cars and motorcycles , armored vehicles, monster trucks, small electric go-karts.  There were even passenger vans screaming through town so stuffed with heavily armed ninja turtles that the side and rear doors remained open.</p>
<p>No terrorists showed up at the G20.</p>
<p>Since no terrorists showed up, those in charge of the heavily armed security forces chose to deploy their forces around those who were protesting.</p>
<p>Not everyone is delighted that 20 countries control 80% of the world’s resources.  Several thousand of them chose to express their displeasure by protesting.</p>
<p>Unfortunately, the officials in charge thought that it was more important to create a militarized people-free zone around the G20 people than to allow freedom of speech, freedom of assembly or the freedom to protest.</p>
<p>It took a lawsuit by the Center for Constitutional Rights and the ACLU to get any major protest permitted anywhere near downtown Pittsburgh.  Even then, the police “forgot” what was permitted and turned people away from areas of town.  Hundreds of police also harassed a bus of people who were giving away free food &#8212; repeatedly detaining the bus and searching it and its passengers without warrants.</p>
<p>Then a group of young people decided that they did not need a permit to express their human and constitutional rights to freedom.  They announced they were going to hold their own gathering at a city park and go down the deserted city streets to protest the G20.  Maybe 200 of these young people were self-described anarchists, dressed in black, many with bandanas across their faces.  The police warned everyone these people were very scary.  My cab driver said the anarchist spokesperson looked like Harry Potter in a black hoodie. The anarchists were joined in the park by hundreds of other activists of all ages, ultimately one thousand strong, all insisting on exercising their right to protest.</p>
<p>This drove the authorities crazy.</p>
<p>Battle dressed ninja turtles showed up at the park and formed a line across one entrance.  Helicopters buzzed overhead.  Armored vehicles gathered.</p>
<p>The crowd surged out of the park and up a side street yelling, chanting, drumming, and holding signs.  As they exited the park, everyone passed an ice cream truck that was playing “It’s a small world after all.”  Indeed.</p>
<p>Any remaining doubts about the militarization of the police were dispelled shortly after the crowd left the park.   A few blocks away the police unveiled their latest high tech anti-protestor toy.  It was mounted on the back of a huge black truck.  The <em>Pittsburgh-Gazette</em> described it as Long Range Acoustic Device designed to break up crowds with piercing noise.  Similar devices have been used in Fallujah, Mosul and Basra Iraq.  The police backed the truck up, told people not to go any further down the street and then blasted them with piercing noise.</p>
<p>The crowd then moved to other streets.  Now they were being tracked by helicopters.  The police repeatedly tried to block them from re-grouping ultimately firing tear gas into the crowd injuring hundreds including people in the residential neighborhood where the police decided to confront the marchers.  I was treated to some of the tear gas myself and I found the Pittsburgh brand to be spiced with a hint of kelbasa. Fortunately, I was handed some paper towels soaked in apple cider vinegar which helped fight the tears and cough a bit.  Who would have thought?</p>
<p>After the large group broke and ran from the tear gas, smaller groups went into commercial neighborhoods and broke glass at a bank and a couple of other businesses.  The police chased and the glass breakers ran. And the police chased and the people ran.  For a few hours.</p>
<p>By day the police were menacing, but at night they lost their cool.  Around a park by the University of Pittsburgh the ninja turtles pushed and shoved and beat and arrested not just protestors but people passing by.  One young woman reported she and her friend watched <em>Grey’s Anatomy</em> and were on their way back to their dorm when they were cornered by police.  One was bruised by police baton and her friend was arrested.   Police shot tear gas, pepper spray, smoke canisters, and rubber bullets.  They pushed with big plastic shields and struck with batons.</p>
<p>The biggest march was Friday.  Thousands of people from Pittsburgh and other places protested the G20.   Since the court had ruled on this march, the police did not confront the marchers.  Ninja turtled police showed up in formation sometimes and the helicopters hovered but no confrontations occurred.</p>
<p>Again Friday night, riot clad police fought with students outside of the University of Pittsburgh.  To what end was just as unclear as the night before.</p>
<p>Ultimately about 200 were arrested, mostly in clashes with the police around the University.</p>
<p>The G20 leaders left by helicopter and limousine.</p>
<p>Pittsburgh now belongs again to the people of Pittsburgh.  The cement barricades were removed, the fences were taken down, the bridges and roads were opened.  The gunboats packed up and left.  The police packed away their ninja turtle outfits and tear gas and rubber bullets.  They don’t look like military commandos anymore.  No more gunboats on the river.  No more sirens all the time.  No more armored vehicles and ear splitting machines used in Iraq.  On Monday the businesses will open and kids will have to go back to school.  Civil society has returned.</p>
<p>It is now probably even safe to exercise constitutional rights in Pittsburgh once again.</p>
<p>The USA really showed those terrorists didn’t we?</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/street-report-from-the-g20/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>30</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Drones and Dishonor in Central New York</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/drones-and-dishonor-in-central-new-york/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/drones-and-dishonor-in-central-new-york/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2009 16:01:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Ed Kinane</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Anti-war]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10670</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If war becomes unreal to the citizens of modern democracies, will they care enough to restrain and control the violence exercised in their name? Will they do so, if they and their sons and daughters are spared the hazards of combat?
&#8211; Michael Ignatieff, Virtual War (2000)
The drones are coming. Readers of the Syracuse Post-Standard know [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<blockquote><p>If war becomes unreal to the citizens of modern democracies, will they care enough to restrain and control the violence exercised in their name? Will they do so, if they and their sons and daughters are spared the hazards of combat?</p>
<p>&#8211; Michael Ignatieff, <em>Virtual War</em> (2000)</p></blockquote>
<p>The drones are coming. Readers of the <em>Syracuse Post-Standard</em> know that the drones (a.k.a. “Reapers”) are arriving at our local New York Air National Guard Base at Hancock Airport.</p>
<p>These Reapers are a new level of aerial warfare. They are high-flying, sharp-shooting, 36-foot long robots. They are crewless – remote-controlled – aircraft. Although they are unmanned, drones do have “pilots.” Those pilots operate in front of computer screens in ground control rooms far from any target.</p>
<p>Last year our former Congressperson, James Walsh (R-NY), hailed the arrival of the Reaper. Not only will it provide a few jobs, but this killer allows, Jim said, pilots to be “literally fighting a war in Iraq and at the end of their shift be playing with their kids in Camillus” (P-S, 25 June 2008, page A1 ). </p>
<p>Drones surveil the US/Mexico and US/Canada borders. In Gaza, the Israeli Air Force uses them to assassinate Palestinians. In its various overseas wars, the US military has come to depend on drones to assassinate humans while bombing vehicles and buildings. Drones preying on Iraq, Pakistan and Afghanistan are piloted from Creech Air Base in Nevada. Beginning this November, Reapers will also be piloted from here in Central New York.</p>
<p>Because drones seem in the short term and within narrow contexts  to reduce US casualties, some cheer them on. However – and this is essential – drones make war easier to initiate… and perpetuate. The folks back home wouldn’t even need to hear about the drones’ brave deeds. No thought-provoking body bags – at least not here at home.</p>
<p>Like many other high-tech weapons, drones are indiscriminate: they can kill offensively or defensively, invaders or resisters. They kill combatants and non-combatants, adults and children. Because most victims are civilian, drones are terrorist.</p>
<p>Terror  isn’t just something “they” do. Perpetrators of terrorism can have dark skin or light, be “Islamic” or “Christian.” Terrorists can be states or non-state actors. Terrorist budgets can be scanty or vast. Terrorist weapons can be low-tech or high-tech. They can be launched from land, sea or air. </p>
<p>Like other forms of aerial warfare, drones may well spawn reactive terrorism. Because they kill and maim mostly civilians, drones incite hatred. Such hatred could lead to retaliatory strikes either today or when the victims’ survivors come of age. Those strikes could target any of the hundreds of US military bases bestriding the globe.</p>
<p>They could also target any of the domestic bases from which the drones are piloted. Like it or not, without our consent, Central New York is becoming part of the battleground. (Note: I have no desire to feed into the “fear-of-terrorism” industry, but Central New Yorkers ought to be aware that hosting drones may have blowback.)</p>
<p>Besides being indiscriminate and terrorist, aerial warfare is cowardly. Think about the various devices of aerial maiming and massacre (napalm, white phosphorus, cluster bombs, depleted uranium, cruise missiles…). For decades aerial warfare has been the weapon of rich, powerful, high-tech nations bullying poor, weak, low-tech nations. Apart from a steely will to resist, these latter nations have few defenses. So corrupted now is any notion of military honor that our war-besotted culture no longer even thinks about a “level playing field.”  Seldom are warplanes used to defend a nation from attack or from threats to its sovereignty. Generally warplanes – robotic or not – are the aggressor, the violator of others’ sovereignty.</p>
<p>Drones raise cowardice to new heights. Unlike World War II bombardiers or pilots of other pre-robotic aircraft, drone pilots take no risk. Anti-aircraft artillery will never reach them. They shoot goldfish in a goldfish bowl. The various branches of the service use aerial weapons imagery – invariably phallic – to recruit gutsy, often idealistic, kids. In time many of them learn the hard way that enlisting has little to do with defending their country, defending “freedom,” or spreading “democracy.”</p>
<p>Many fail to come home intact. Few find glory, few find honor. Some then realize that only corporations – the organizational mirror image of drones – profit from war. </p>
<p><strong>Drive out the Drone</strong></p>
<p>Work with your local peace group to end the wars where drones are being used. At the Syracue Peace Council we seek to demystify the macho militarism that permeates our culture. We seek to expose the emperor’s nakedness. The Peace Council staunchly opposes “our” overseas wars. Only in macho fantasy can more war make this a better world. Like cancer, war spreads.</p>
<p>Write letters to your Congress people opposing the Reaper. Even better: write letters to the editor. A published letter will be read, not only by the influential editors, but also by tens of thousands of readers. (And by Congressional staffers.) Since the Reaper will be piloted from Central New York, write to the <a href="mailto:&#x6c;&#x65;&#x74;&#x74;&#x65;&#x72;&#x73;&#x40;&#x73;&#x79;&#x72;&#x61;&#x63;&#x75;&#x73;&#x65;&#x2e;&#x63;om"><em>Syracuse Post-Standard</em></a>. Our local daily has publicized the Reaper&#8217;s arrival in more or less neutral terms; urge the editors to speak out against it.</p>
<p>And do your homework. You might ask your local library to order P.W. Singer’s, <em>Wired for War: the Robotics Revolution and Conflict in the 21st Century</em> (Penguin, 2009). Be sure to read chapter 9, “The Refuseniks: The Roboticists Who Just Say No.&#8221; </p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/drones-and-dishonor-in-central-new-york/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>69</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>U.S. Intelligence Budget: $75 Billion, 200,000 Operatives</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/u-s-intelligence-budget-75-billion-200000-operatives/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/u-s-intelligence-budget-75-billion-200000-operatives/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2009 16:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Burghardt</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Anti-war]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Capitalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Espionage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Legal/Constitutional]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Police]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10682</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Speaking at San Francisco&#8217;s Commonwealth Club September 15, Director of National Intelligence Admiral Dennis C. Blair, disclosed that the current annual budget for the 16 agency U.S. &#8220;Intelligence Community&#8221; (IC) clocks-in at $75 billion and employs some 200,000 operatives world-wide, including private contractors.
In unveiling an unclassified version of the National Intelligence Strategy (NIS), Blair asserts [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Speaking at San Francisco&#8217;s Commonwealth Club September 15, Director of National Intelligence Admiral Dennis C. Blair, <a href="http://www.fas.org/irp/news/2009/09/dni091509-m.pdf">disclosed</a> that the current annual budget for the 16 agency U.S. &#8220;Intelligence Community&#8221; (IC) clocks-in at $75 billion and employs some 200,000 operatives world-wide, including private contractors.</p>
<p>In unveiling an unclassified version of the National Intelligence Strategy (<a href="http://www.dni.gov/reports/2009_NIS.pdf">NIS</a>), Blair asserts he is seeking to break down &#8220;this old distinction between military and nonmilitary intelligence,&#8221; stating that the &#8220;traditional fault line&#8221; separating secretive military programs from overall intelligence activities &#8220;is no longer relevant.&#8221;</p>
<p>As if to emphasize the sweeping nature of Blair&#8217;s remarks, <em>Federal Computer Week</em> <a href="http://fcw.com/Articles/2009/09/21/WEEK-DOD-DHS-agreement.aspx">reported</a> September 17 that &#8220;some non-federal officials with the necessary clearances who work at intelligence fusion centers around the country will soon have limited access to classified terrorism-related information that resides in the Defense Department&#8217;s classified network.&#8221; According to the publication:</p>
<blockquote><p>Under the program, authorized state, local or tribal officials will be able to access pre-approved data on the Secret Internet Protocol Router Network. However, they won&#8217;t have the ability to upload data or edit existing content, officials said. They also will not have access to all classified information, only the information that federal officials make available to them.</p>
<p>The non-federal officials will get access via the Homeland Security department&#8217;s secret-level Homeland Security Data Network. That network is currently deployed at 27 of the more than 70 fusion centers located around the country, according to DHS. Officials from different levels of government share homeland security-related information through the fusion centers. (Ben Bain, &#8220;DOD opens some classified information to non-federal officials,&#8221; <em>Federal Computer Week</em>, September 17, 2009)</p></blockquote>
<p>Since the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, the federal government has encouraged the explosive growth of fusion centers. As envisaged by securocrats, these hybrid institutions have expanded information collection and sharing practices from a wide variety of sources, including commercial databases, among state and local law enforcement agencies, the private sector and federal security agencies, including military intelligence.</p>
<p>But early on, fusion centers like the notorious &#8220;red squads&#8221; of the 1960s and &#8217;70s, morphed into national security shopping malls where officials monitor not only alleged terrorists but also left-wing and environmental activists deemed threats to the existing corporate order.</p>
<p>It is currently unknown how many military intelligence analysts are stationed at fusion centers, what their roles are and whether or not they are engaged in domestic surveillance.</p>
<p>If past practices are an indication of where current moves by the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (<a href="http://www.dni.gov/">ODNI</a>) will lead, in breaking down the &#8220;traditional fault line&#8221; that prohibits the military from engaging in civilian policing, then another troubling step along the dark road of militarizing American society will have been taken.</p>
<p><strong>U.S. Northern Command: Feeding the Domestic Surveillance Beast</strong></p>
<p>Since its 2002 stand-up, U.S. Northern Command (<a href="http://www.northcom.mil/">USNORTHCOM</a>) and associated military intelligence outfits such as the Defense Intelligence Agency (<a href="http://www.dia.mil/">DIA</a>) and the now-defunct Counterintelligence Field Activity (CIFA) have participated in widespread surveillance of antiwar and other activist groups, tapping into Pentagon and commercial databases in a quixotic search for &#8220;suspicious patterns.&#8221;</p>
<p>As they currently exist, fusion centers are largely unaccountable entities that function without proper oversight and have been involved in egregious civil rights violations such as the compilation of national security dossiers that have landed activists on various terrorist watch-lists.</p>
<p><em>Antifascist Calling</em> <a href="http://antifascist-calling.blogspot.com/2008/08/caci-grabs-scottish-census-contract.html">reported</a> last year on the strange case of Marine Gunnery Sgt. Gary Maziarz and Col. Larry Richards, Marine reservists stationed at Camp Pendleton in San Diego. Maziarz, Richards, and a group of fellow Marines, including the cofounder of the Los Angeles County Terrorist Early Warning Center (LACTEW), stole secret files from the Strategic Technical Operations Center (STOC).</p>
<p>When they worked at STOC, the private spy ring absconded with hundreds of classified files, including those marked &#8220;Top Secret, Special Compartmentalized Information,&#8221; the highest U.S. Government classification. The files included surveillance dossiers on the Muslim community and antiwar activists in Southern California.</p>
<p>According to the <em><a href="http://www.signonsandiego.com/news/northcounty/20071006-9999-1n6spies.html">San Diego Union-Tribune</a></em> which broke the story in 2007, before being run to ground Maziarz, Richards and reserve Navy Commander Lauren Martin, a civilian intelligence contractor at USNORTHCOM, acquired information illegally obtained from the Secret Internet Protocol Router Network (SIPRNet). This is the same classified system which fusion centers will have access to under the DoD&#8217;s new proposal.</p>
<p>Claiming they were acting out of &#8220;patriotic motives,&#8221; the Marine spies shared this classified counterterrorism information with private contractors in the hope of obtaining future employment. Although they failed to land plush private sector counterterrorism jobs, one cannot rule out that less than scrupulous security firms might be willing to take in the bait in the future in order to have a leg up on the competition.</p>
<p>So far, only lower level conspirators have been charged. According to the <em><a href="http://www3.signonsandiego.com/stories/2009/may/12/1m12pagan001626-trial-recommended-marine-reservist/">Union-Tribune</a></em> &#8220;Marine Cols. Larry Richards and David Litaker, Marine Maj. Mark Lowe and Navy Cmdr. Lauren Martin also have been mentioned in connection with the case, but none has been charged.&#8221; One codefendant&#8217;s attorney, Kevin McDermott, told the paper, &#8220;This is the classic situation that if you have more rank, the better your chance of not getting charged.&#8221;</p>
<p>Sound familiar? Call it standard operating procedure in post-constitutional America where high-level officials and senior officers walk away scott-free while grunts bear the burden, and do hard time, for the crimes of their superiors.</p>
<p><strong>Fusion Centers and Military Intelligence: Best Friends Forever!</strong></p>
<p>Another case which is emblematic of the close cooperation among fusion centers and military intelligence is the case of John J. Towery, a Ft. Lewis, Washington civilian contractor who worked for the Army&#8217;s Fort Lewis Force Protection Unit.</p>
<p>In July, <em><a href="http://www.theolympian.com/localnewsfeed/story/922923.html">The Olympian</a></em> and <em><a href="http://www.democracynow.org/2009/7/28/broadcast_exclusive_declassified_docs_reveal_military">Democracy Now!</a></em> broke the story of how Towery had infiltrated and spied on the Olympia Port Militarization Resistance (<a href="http://olypmr.org/">OlyPMR</a>), an antiwar group, and shared this information with police.</p>
<p>Since 2006, the group has staged protests at Washington ports and has sought to block military cargo from being shipped to Iraq. According to <em>The Olympian</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p>OlyPMR member Brendan Maslauskas Dunn said in an interview Monday that he received a copy of the e-mail from the city of Olympia in response to a public records request asking for any information the city had about &#8220;anarchists, anarchy, anarchism, SDS (Students for a Democratic Society), or Industrial Workers of the World.&#8221; (Jeremy Pawloski, &#8220;Fort Lewis investigates claims employee infiltrated Olympia peace group,&#8221; <em>The Olympian</em>, July 27, 2009)</p></blockquote>
<p>What Dunn discovered was highly disturbing to say the least. Towery, who posed as an anarchist under the name &#8220;John Jacob,&#8221; had infiltrated OlyPMR and was one of several listserv administrators that had control over the group&#8217;s electronic communications.</p>
<p>The civilian intelligence agent admitted to Dunn that he had spied on the group but claimed that no one paid him and that he didn&#8217;t report to the military; a statement that turned out to be false.</p>
<p>Joseph Piek, a Fort Lewis spokesperson confirmed to <em>The Olympian</em> that Towery was a contract employee and that the infiltrator &#8220;performs sensitive work within the installation law enforcement community,&#8221; but &#8220;it would not be appropriate for him to discuss his duties with the media.&#8221;</p>
<p>In September, <em>The Olympian</em> obtained thousands of pages of emails from the City of Olympia in response to that publication&#8217;s public-records requests. The newspaper revealed that the Washington Joint Analytical Center (WJAC), a fusion center, had copied messages to Towery on the activities of OlyPMR in the run-up to the group&#8217;s November 2007 port protests. According to the paper,</p>
<blockquote><p>The WJAC is a clearinghouse of sorts of anti-terrorism information and sensitive intelligence that is gathered and disseminated to law enforcement agencies across the state. The WJAC receives money from the federal government.</p>
<p>The substance of nearly all of the WJAC&#8217;s e-mails to Olympia police officials had been blacked out in the copies provided to The Olympian. (Jeremy Pawloski, &#8220;Army e-mail sent to police and accused spy,&#8221; <em>The Olympian</em>, September 12, 2009)</p></blockquote>
<p>Also in July, the whistleblowing web site <em><a href="http://www.wikileaks.org/">Wikileaks</a></em> <a href="http://88.80.16.63/leak/wajac-outsourcing-2008.pdf">published</a> a 1525 page file on WJAC&#8217;s activities.</p>
<p>Housed at the Seattle Field Office of the FBI, one document described WJAC as an agency that &#8220;builds on existing intelligence efforts by local, regional, and federal agencies by organizing and disseminating threat information and other intelligence efforts to law enforcement agencies, first responders, and key decision makers throughout the state.&#8221;</p>
<p>Fusion centers are also lucrative cash cows for enterprising security grifters. <em>Wikileaks</em> investigations editor Julian Assange <a href="http://www.wikileaks.org/wiki/The_spy_who_billed_me_twice">described</a> the revolving-door that exists among Pentagon spy agencies and the private security firms who reap millions by placing interrogators and analysts inside outfits such as WJAC. Assange wrote,</p>
<blockquote><p>There has been extensive political debate in the United States on how safe it would be to move Guantánamo&#8217;s detainees to US soil&#8211;but what about their interrogators?</p>
<p>One intelligence officer, Kia Grapham, is hawked by her contracting company to the Washington State Patrol. Grapham&#8217;s confidential resume boasts of assisting in over 100 interrogations of &#8220;high value human intelligence targets&#8221; at Guantánamo. She goes on, saying how she is trained and certified to employ Restricted Interrogation Technique: Separation as specified by FM 2-22.3 Appendix M.</p>
<p>Others, like, Neoma Syke, managed to repeatedly flip between the military and contractor intelligence work&#8211;without even leaving the building.</p>
<p>The file details the placement of six intelligence contractors inside the Washington Joint Analytical Center (WAJAC) on behalf of the Washington State Patrol at a cost of around $110,000 per year each.</p>
<p>Such intelligence &#8220;fusion&#8221; centers, which combine the military, the FBI, state police, and others, have been internally promoted by the US Army as means to avoid restrictions preventing the military from spying on the domestic population. (Julian Assange, &#8220;The spy who billed me twice,&#8221; <em>Wikileaks</em>, July 29, 2009)</p></blockquote>
<p>The <em>Wikileaks</em> documents provide startling details on how firms such as Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC), The Sytex Group and Operational Applications Inc. routinely place operatives within military intelligence and civilian fusion centers at a premium price.</p>
<p>Assange wonders whether these job placements are not simply evidence of corruption but rather, are &#8220;designed to evade a raft of hard won oversight laws which apply to the military and the police but not to contractors? Is it to keep selected personnel out of the Inspector General&#8217;s eye?&#8221; The available evidence strongly suggests that it is.</p>
<p>As the American Civil Liberties Union documented in their <a href="http://www.aclu.org/pdfs/privacy/fusioncenter_20071212.pdf">2007</a> and <a href="http://www.aclu.org/pdfs/privacy/fusion_update_20080729.pdf">2008</a> reports on fusion center abuses, one motivation is precisely to subvert oversight laws which do not apply to private mercenary contractors.</p>
<p>The civil liberties&#8217; watchdog characterized the rapid expansion of fusion centers as a threat to our constitutional rights and cited specific areas of concern: &#8220;their ambiguous lines of authority, the troubling role of private corporations, the participation of the military, the use of data mining and their excessive secrecy.&#8221;</p>
<p>And speaking of private security contractors outsourced to a gaggle on intelligence agencies, investigative journalist Tim Shorrock revealed in his essential book <em>Spies For Hire</em>, that since 9/11 &#8220;the Central Intelligence Agency has been spending 50 to 60 percent of its budget on for-profit contractors, or about $2.5 billion a year, and its number of contract employees now exceeds the agency&#8217;s full-time workforce of 17,500.&#8221;</p>
<p>Indeed, Shorrock learned that <em>&#8220;no less than 70 percent of the nation&#8217;s intelligence budget was being spent on contracts.&#8221;</em> However, the sharp spike in intelligence outsourcing to well-heeled security corporations comes with very little in the way of effective oversight.</p>
<p>The House Intelligence Committee reported in 2007 that the Bush, and now, the Obama administrations have failed to develop a &#8220;clear definition of what functions are &#8216;inherently governmental&#8217;;&#8221; meaning in practice, that much in the way of systematic abuses can be concealed behind veils of &#8220;proprietary commercial information.&#8221;</p>
<p>As we have seen when the Abu Ghraib torture scandal broke in 2004, and <em>The New York Times</em> belatedly blew the whistle on widespread illegal surveillance of the private electronic communications of Americans in 2005, cosy government relationships with security contractors, including those embedded within secretive fusion centers, will continue to serve as a &#8220;safe harbor&#8221; for concealing and facilitating state crimes against the American people.</p>
<p>After all, $75 billion buys a lot of silence.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/u-s-intelligence-budget-75-billion-200000-operatives/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lockerbie: Megrahi Was Framed</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/lockerbie-megrahi-was-framed/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/lockerbie-megrahi-was-framed/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2009 15:58:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>John Pilger</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Blowback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corruption]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Criminal Justice]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disinformation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[History]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iran]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Syria]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10519</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The hysteria over the release of the so-called Lockerbie bomber reveals much about the political and media class on both sides of the Atlantic, especially Britain. From Gordon Brown’s “repulsion” to Barack Obama’s “outrage”, the theater of lies and hypocrisy is dutifully attended by those who call themselves journalists. “But what if Megrahi lives longer [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The hysteria over the release of the so-called Lockerbie bomber reveals much about the political and media class on both sides of the Atlantic, especially Britain. From Gordon Brown’s “repulsion” to Barack Obama’s “outrage”, the theater of lies and hypocrisy is dutifully attended by those who call themselves journalists. “But what if Megrahi lives longer than three months?” whined a BBC reporter to the Scottish First Minister, Alex Salmond. “What will you say to your constituents, then?”</p>
<p>Horror of horrors that a dying man should live longer than prescribed before he “pays” for his “heinous crime”: the description of the Scottish justice minister, Kenny MacAskill, whose “compassion” allowed Abdelbaset Ali Mohmed al-Megrahi to go home to Libya to “face justice from a higher power.” Amen.</p>
<p>The American satirist Larry David once addressed a voluble crony as “a babbling brook of bullshit.” Such eloquence summarizes the circus of Megrahi’s release.</p>
<p>No one in authority has had the guts to state the truth about the bombing of Pan Am Flight 103 above the Scottish village of Lockerbie on 21 December 1988 in which 270 people were killed. The governments in England and Scotland in effect blackmailed Megrahi into dropping his appeal as a condition of his immediate release. Of course there were oil and arms deals under way with Libya; but had Megrahi proceeded with his appeal, some 600 pages of new and deliberately suppressed evidence would have set the seal on his innocence and given us more than a glimpse of how and why he was stitched up for the benefit of “strategic interests.”</p>
<p>“The endgame came down to damage limitation,” said the former CIA officer Robert Baer, who took part in the original investigation, “because the evidence amassed by [Megrahi’s] appeal is explosive and extremely damning to the system of justice.” New witnesses would show that it was impossible for Megrahi to have bought clothes that were found in the wreckage of the Pan Am aircraft &#8212; he was convicted on the word of a Maltese shop owner who claimed to have sold him the clothes, then gave a false description of him in 19 separate statements and even failed to recognize him in the courtroom.</p>
<p>The new evidence would have shown that a fragment of a circuit board and bomb timer, “discovered” in the Scottish countryside and said to have been in Megrahi’s suitcase, was probably a plant. A forensic scientist found no trace of an explosion on it. The new evidence would demonstrate the impossibility of the bomb beginning its journey in Malta before it was “transferred” through two airports undetected to Flight 103.</p>
<p>A “key secret witness” at the original trial, who claimed to have seen Megrahi and his co-accused al-Alim Khalifa Fahimah (who was acquitted) loading the bomb on to the plane at Frankfurt, was bribed by the US authorities holding him as a “protected witness.” The defense exposed him as a CIA informer who stood to collect, on the Libyans’ conviction, up to $4m as a reward.</p>
<p>Megrahi was convicted by three Scottish judges sitting in a courtroom in “neutral” Holland. There was no jury. One of the few reporters to sit through the long and often farcical proceedings was the late Paul Foot, whose landmark investigation in <em>Private Eye</em> exposed it as a cacophony of blunders, deceptions and lies: a whitewash. The Scottish judges, while admitting a “mass of conflicting evidence” and rejecting the fantasies of the CIA informer, found Megrahi guilty on hearsay and unproven circumstance.. Their 90-page “opinion”, wrote Foot, “is a remarkable document that claims an honored place in the history of British miscarriages of justice”. (<em>Lockerbie &#8212; the Flight from Justice</em> by Paul Foot can be downloaded from <a href="http:// www.private-eye.co.uk">www.private-eye.co.uk</a> for £5).</p>
<p>Foot reported that most of the staff of the US embassy in Moscow who had reserved seats on Pan Am flights from Frankfurt canceled their bookings when they were alerted by US intelligence that a terrorist attack was planned. He named Margaret Thatcher the “architect” of the cover-up after revealing that she killed the independent inquiry her transport secretary Cecil Parkinson had promised the Lockerbie families; and in a phone call to President George Bush Sr. on 11 January 1990, she agreed to “low-key” the disaster after their intelligence services had reported “beyond doubt” that the Lockerbie bomb had been placed by a Palestinian group contracted by Tehran as a reprisal for the shooting down of an Iranian airliner by a US warship in Iranian territorial waters. Among the 290 dead were 66 children. In 1990, the ship’s captain was awarded the Legion of Merit by Bush Sr “for exceptionally meritorious conduct in the performance of outstanding service as commanding officer.”</p>
<p>Perversely, when Saddam Hussein invaded Kuwait in 1991, Bush needed Iran’s support as he built a “coalition” to expel his wayward client from an American oil colony. The only country that defied Bush and backed Iraq was Libya. “Like lazy and overfed fish,” wrote Foot, “the British media jumped to the bait. In almost unanimous chorus, they engaged in furious vilification and op en warmongering against Libya.” The framing of Libya for the Lockerbie crime was inevitable. Since then, a US Defense Intelligence Agency report, obtained under Freedom of Information, has confirmed these truths and identified the likely bomber; it was to be centerpiece of Megrahi’s defense.</p>
<p>In 2007, the Scottish Criminal Cases Review Commission referred Megrahi’s case for appeal. “The commission is of the view,” said its chairman, Dr Graham Forbes, “that based upon our lengthy investigations, the new evidence we have found and other evidence which was not before the trial court, that the applicant may have suffered a miscarriage of justice.”</p>
<p>The words “miscarriage of justice” are missing entirely from the current furor, with Kenny MacAskill reassuring the baying mob that the scapegoat will soon face justice from that “higher power.” What a disgrace.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/lockerbie-megrahi-was-framed/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Obama Administration Moves to Keep Terror Watch-List Data Strictly Hush-Hush</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/obama-administration-moves-to-keep-terror-watch-list-data-strictly-hush-hush/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/obama-administration-moves-to-keep-terror-watch-list-data-strictly-hush-hush/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2009 16:00:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Burghardt</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Espionage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Legal/Constitutional]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Privacy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10410</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[During his 2008 run for the presidency, Senator Barack Obama promised to reverse the Bush regime&#8217;s pathological penchant for secrecy and the illegal programs that flourished in darkness like so many poisonous mushrooms.
Administration backpedaling on promises to end the more onerous features of the Bush years betray, not so much Obama&#8217;s duplicity but rather, the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>During his 2008 run for the presidency, Senator Barack Obama promised to reverse the Bush regime&#8217;s pathological penchant for secrecy and the illegal programs that flourished in darkness like so many poisonous mushrooms.</p>
<p>Administration backpedaling on promises to end the more onerous features of the Bush years betray, not so much Obama&#8217;s duplicity but rather, the naïve and misplaced hope by his supporters that a <em>centrist Democrat</em> beholden to the corporate pirates and militarists who rule the roost, would actually do things any differently.</p>
<p>In areas of critical importance to civil libertarians, the Democratic regime continues to beef up Bushist programs and heighten government secrecy while limiting public accountability, particularly where the intelligence and security apparatus is concerned.</p>
<p>How else explain Obama&#8217;s plan, buried within the 2010 budget, to provide the <a href="http://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/fy2010_department_homeland/">Department of Homeland Security</a> an additional $260 million to hire thousands more state and regional intelligence analysts to staff already bloated and controversial fusion centers?</p>
<p>In this context, <em>The Washington Post</em> <a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2009/09/05/AR2009090502240.html">reported</a> September 6 that the administration &#8220;wants to maintain the secrecy of terrorist watch-list information it routinely shares with federal, state and local agencies, a move that rights groups say would make it difficult for people who have been improperly included on such lists to challenge the government.&#8221;</p>
<p>According to the ACLU&#8217;s &#8220;<a href="http://www.aclu.org/privacy/spying/watchlistcounter.html">Watch List Counter</a>,&#8221; as of September 8 some 1.27 million names appear on the U.S. government&#8217;s terror list!</p>
<p><em>Post</em> reporter Ellen Nakashima writes that &#8220;intelligence officials are pressing for legislation that would exempt &#8216;terrorist identity information&#8217; from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act.&#8221;</p>
<p>Meanwhile, the right-wing <em>Washington Times</em> <a href="http://washingtontimes.com/news/2009/sep/09/anti-secrecy-groups-disappointed-with-obama/">reported</a> September 9 that the anti-secrecy group, <a href="http://www.openthegovernment.org/">OpenThe Government.org</a> issued a new <a href="http://www.openthegovernment.org/otg/SecrecyRC_2009.pdf">report</a> challenging the administration to end the abusive practices of the Bush regime.</p>
<p>Patrice McDermott, the executive director of the group told the <em>Washington Times</em>, &#8220;This administration is continuing to use the enlarged executive powers of the Bush-Cheney administration.&#8221; In all areas where government transparency is essential for restoring democratic processes and the rule of law, the Obama administration has failed to deliver.</p>
<p>In essence the new Executive Branch initiative, spearheaded by the Democratic-controlled House and Senate Intelligence Committees would absolve &#8220;law enforcement agencies and intelligence &#8216;fusion centers,&#8217; which combine state and federal counterterrorism resources&#8221; from even minimal levels of accountability for individuals damaged by an improper listing on the government&#8217;s national security index.</p>
<p>Claiming that disclosure would risk &#8220;alerting terrorism suspects&#8221; that they&#8217;re on the secret state&#8217;s radar and &#8220;may help them evade surveillance,&#8221; Michael G. Birmingham, a spokesman for the spooky Office of the Director of National Intelligence (<a href="http://www.dni.gov/">ODNI</a>), told the <em>Post</em> that the &#8220;intelligence community&#8221; is seeking &#8220;adequate protection from disclosing terrorist identity information&#8221; to the public because &#8220;no [such] exemption currently exists under FOIA.&#8221;</p>
<p>Circular logic such as this of course, means in practice that intelligence operatives&#8211;both federal and private&#8211;are aiming to increase their reach into our lives by exempting their agents, or well-paid private contractors manning a growth-rich &#8220;terrorism industry,&#8221; from minimal standards of disclosure.</p>
<p>&#8220;The goal,&#8221; according to Birmingham, is to &#8220;keep sensitive unclassified information from unintended recipients, including terrorism suspects.&#8221; And if someone has been improperly classified a &#8220;terrorism suspect&#8221; and prevented from boarding a plane or obtaining employment? Well, tough luck!</p>
<p>And with criteria for watch-listing that is vague at best, the prospects of ever having yourself removed from one is an exercise in Kafkaesque futility. According to the FBI&#8217;s Terrorist Screening Center (<a href="http://www.fbi.gov/terrorinfo/counterrorism/tsc.htm">TSC</a>), an individual lands on a watch-list if he or she is &#8220;known or appropriately suspected to be or have been engaged in conduct constituting, in preparation for, in aid of, or related to terrorism.&#8221;</p>
<p>Ponder the phrase &#8220;in aid of, or related to terrorism.&#8221; What does <em>that</em> mean?</p>
<p>As I <a href="http://antifascist-calling.blogspot.com/2008/10/are-you-violent-extremist-fbis.html">reported</a> in October, citing a document published by the intelligence web site <a href="http://cryptome.org/">Cryptome</a>, the FBI&#8217;s <a href="http://cryptome.org/fbi-ct-lexicon.pdf">Counterterrorism Analytical Lexicon</a> reveals the following:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>US-Radicalized:</strong> A &#8220;US-radicalized&#8221; individual&#8217;s primary social influence has been the cultural values and beliefs of the United States and whose radicalization and indoctrination began or occurred primarily in the United States.</p>
<p><strong>Ideologue or propagandist:</strong> An &#8220;ideologue&#8221; or &#8220;propagandist&#8221; establishes, promotes, or disseminates justifications for violent extremism, often through manipulation of primary text materials such as religious texts or historical accounts that establish grievances. He or she may not have strong links to any terrorist organization or be integrated into an organization&#8217;s command structure. Unless he or she directly advocates specific acts of violence, much of such an individual&#8217;s activity might be constitutionally protected. (Federal Bureau of Investigation, Counterterrorism Analytical Lexicon,&#8221; Washington, D.C., no date, pp. 4-5)</p></blockquote>
<p>This covers a lot of ground. Would an anarchist, socialist or environmental critic of current U.S. policies, such as the escalation of America&#8217;s imperialist intervention in Afghanistan or West Virginia mountaintop removal for quick extraction of coal for example, fall into the category of an &#8220;ideologue&#8221; since his or her &#8220;activity might be constitutionally protected&#8221;?</p>
<p>And what about the equally suspect term &#8220;propagandist&#8221;? Would an historian or journalist for example, who cites primary source materials published by the CIA or the oxymoronic National Endowment for Democracy, and then builds a case that the United States attempted the 2002 overthrow of the Chávez government in Venezuela, thereby stand accused of &#8220;manipulating historical accounts&#8221; and fall under the FBI&#8217;s spotlight? And what if that person were subsequently watch-listed? What recourse would he or she have at discovering who their accusers were?</p>
<p>If the Executive Branch&#8217;s legislative proposal passes muster in the House and Senate, they&#8217;ll probably never know.</p>
<p><strong>An Insatiable Surveillance Beast: Fusion Centers</strong></p>
<p>Feeding the monstrosity known as the Terrorist Screening Center is the National Counterterrorism Center&#8217;s (<a href="http://www.nctc.gov/">NCTC</a>) Terrorist Identities Datamart Environment (<a href="http://www.nctc.gov/docs/Tide_Fact_Sheet.pdf">TIDE</a>), a vast database of names powering the surveillance state.</p>
<p>&#8220;Every evening&#8221; according to an NCTC Fact Sheet, &#8220;TIDE analysts export a sensitive but unclassified subset of the data containing the terrorist identifiers to the FBI&#8217;s Terrorist Screening Center&#8221; as well as to the Transportation Security Administration for inclusion on TSA&#8217;s &#8220;No Fly&#8221; list and the Department of State&#8217;s visa database of individuals to be denied entry into the U.S.</p>
<p>Information on &#8220;domestic terrorists&#8221; and &#8220;violent extremists&#8221; are provided to TSC and TIDE by the FBI, CIA, NSA, U.S. Northern Command and some 70 fusion centers scattered across the country. The <em>Post</em> article specifically states that state and local police agencies and fusion centers would be exempt from reporting &#8220;terrorist identity information&#8221; currently available under the Freedom of Information Act.</p>
<p>As the American Civil Liberties Union revealed in a series of troubling <a href="http://www.aclu.org/pdfs/privacy/fusioncenter_20071212.pdf">reports</a>, fusion centers are &#8220;state, local and regional institutions [that] were originally created to improve the sharing of anti-terrorism intelligence among different state, local and federal law enforcement agencies.&#8221;</p>
<p>However, ACLU researchers Michael German and Jay Stanley revealed &#8220;the scope of their mission quickly expanded&#8211;with the support and encouragement of the federal government&#8211;to cover &#8216;all crimes and all hazards.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
<p>Ominously for privacy and individual rights, &#8220;the types of information they seek for analysis has also broadened over time to include not just criminal intelligence, but public and private sector data, and participation in these centers has grown to include not just law enforcement, but other government entities, the military and even select members of the private sector.&#8221;</p>
<p>German and Stanley identified serious problems with these largely unaccountable intelligence-gathering bureaucracies:</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>• Ambiguous Lines of Authority.</strong> The participation of agencies from multiple jurisdictions in fusion centers allows the authorities to manipulate differences in federal, state and local laws to maximize information collection while evading accountability and oversight through the practice of &#8220;policy shopping.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>• Private Sector Participation.</strong> Fusion centers are incorporating private-sector corporations into the intelligence process, breaking down the arm&#8217;s length relationship that protects the privacy of innocent Americans who are employees or customers of these companies, and increasing the risk of a data breach.</p>
<p><strong>• Military Participation.</strong> Fusion centers are involving military personnel in law enforcement activities in troubling ways.</p>
<p><strong>• Data Fusion = Data Mining.</strong> Federal fusion center guidelines encourage wholesale data collection and manipulation processes that threaten privacy.</p>
<p><strong>• Excessive Secrecy.</strong> Fusion centers are hobbled by excessive secrecy, which limits public oversight, impairs their ability to acquire essential information and impedes their ability to fulfill their stated mission, bringing their ultimate value into doubt. (Michael German and Jay Stanley, <em>What&#8217;s Wrong With Fusion Centers?</em>, American Civil Liberties Union, December 2007)</p></blockquote>
<p>In their 2008 follow-up <a href="http://www.aclu.org/pdfs/privacy/fusion_update_20080729.pdf">report</a>, German and Stanley wrote that &#8220;it is becoming increasingly clear that fusion centers are part of a new domestic intelligence apparatus.&#8221; They revealed that &#8220;elements of this nascent domestic surveillance system&#8221; include:</p>
<blockquote><p>• Watching and recording the everyday activities of an ever-growing list of individuals<br />
• Channeling the flow of the resulting reports into a centralized security agency<br />
• Sifting through (&#8221;data mining&#8221;) these reports and databases with computers to identify individuals for closer scrutiny</p>
<p>Such a system, if allowed to permeate our society, would be nothing less than the creation of a total surveillance society. (Michael German and Jay Stanley, <em>Fusion Center Update</em>, American Civil Liberties Union, July 2008)</p></blockquote>
<p>Driving home the point that pervasive surveillance has real-world consequences, not least of all in terms of limiting public accountability, the Center for Investigative Reporting (<a href="http://www.centerforinvestigativereporting.org/">CIR</a>) disclosed during their investigation into police state tactics during last year&#8217;s Democratic and Republican National Conventions in Denver and St. Paul, that local authorities, federal agencies and private corporations, sought to suppress information on their activities.</p>
<p>Investigative journalist G.W. Schulz revealed that Denver officials &#8220;refused a public-records request sent by CIR.&#8221; The close proximity of USNORTHCOM&#8217;s headquarters at Peterson Air Force Base in nearby Colorado Springs, and their alleged participation in illegal intelligence gathering, may be one reason why Denver officials were less than forthcoming. In an echo of the current debate in Washington, Schulz <a href="http://centerforinvestigativereporting.org/articles/arethingsanydifferentindenver">reported</a>:</p>
<blockquote><p>The Colorado Information Analysis Center is run by the state&#8217;s Department of Public Safety. In a response letter, Spokesman Lance Clem said that releasing the records would be contrary to the public interest and &#8220;not only would compromise [the] security and investigative practices of numerous law enforcement agencies but would also violate confidentiality agreements that have been made with private partner organizations and federal, state and local law enforcement agencies.&#8221; (G.W. Schulz, &#8220;Are Things Any Different in Denver?,&#8221; Center for Investigative Reporting, September 1, 2009)</p></blockquote>
<p>With a long-standing and well-documented history of illegal spying and infiltration of antiwar and other dissident groups by Denver police, it is clear that law enforcement repressors have much to hide.</p>
<p>CIR also <a href="http://www.centerforinvestigativereporting.org/articles/fightingcrimewithcomputersinminnesota">revealed</a> that Minnesota&#8217;s Joint Analysis Center (MJAC) and that state&#8217;s &#8220;ICEFISHX communications network, which collects reports about suspicious activity,&#8221; closely coordinated activist surveillance with both the FBI and &#8220;authorities in the neighboring states of North Dakota and South Dakota.&#8221; An additional layer of unaccountability and secrecy was added to the mix when CIR disclosed that corporate spies also contribute information to fusion centers.</p>
<blockquote><p>Private corporations even contribute &#8220;intelligence&#8221; to ICEFISHX. Douglas Reynolds, security director for the Mall of America, the largest retail complex in the United States based in Bloomington, described his office to Congress in July of 2008 as the &#8220;number one source of actionable intelligence in the state,&#8221; having handed more information regarding suspicious activities to the fusion center than anyone else. Several attempts to reach Reynolds for elaboration failed. (G.W. Schulz, &#8220;Fighting Crime with Computers in Minnesota,&#8221; Center for Investigative Reporting, September 1, 2009)</p></blockquote>
<p>The nexus among state spies and capitalist grifters point to an ongoing process whereby public, democratic institutions are systematically hollowed-out in favor of a perverse subversion of the public&#8217;s <em>right to know</em> into yet another <em>proprietary commercial secret</em>.</p>
<p>Encompassing all relationships in a social order mediated by a zero sum game where profit is king and the devil take the hindmost, the only meaningful exchange recognized by the system is the sterile transfer of cash from one palm to another.</p>
<p>Is it any wonder then that the Obama administration, like their Bushist predecessors seek to conceal these illegal surveillance programs from the American people by exempting their most egregious features, the neo-McCarthyite watch-list, from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act?</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/obama-administration-moves-to-keep-terror-watch-list-data-strictly-hush-hush/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Guns, Lies, and Social Decline</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/guns-lies-and-social-decline/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/guns-lies-and-social-decline/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2009 15:59:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Edward Jayne</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Caucasus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colombia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economy/Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GWB]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Georgia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Haiti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Honduras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iran]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Libya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Russia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Lobby]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zionism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10309</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[4. An Aggressive Foreign Policy
       As must have been the case with all previous hegemonic societies, our nation’s pursuit of warfare abroad is inevitably cloaked in the rhetoric of national defense.  Somehow the story is sufficiently twisted that it seems an inferior military force abroad poses an enormous [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>4. An Aggressive Foreign Policy</strong></p>
<p>       As must have been the case with all previous hegemonic societies, our nation’s pursuit of warfare abroad is inevitably cloaked in the rhetoric of national defense.  Somehow the story is sufficiently twisted that it seems an inferior military force abroad poses an enormous threat to our national interest, and to such an extent that we must send our troops abroad to confront this force in its own territory and with civilian casualties almost entirely limited to its population.  Intellectuals vent their doubts, so homespun Americans become indignant in response, insistent on the need once again to enforce their vision of democratic exemplification to the rest of the world.  Meanwhile, our nation’s banks and defense industries reap enormous profits and increased financial liquidity benefits the rest of our population at least to a certain extent.</p>
<p>       Warfare accordingly continues to play too big a role in our nation. There has been too much combat on foreign soil&#8211;far more than for all other nations combined since World War II.  Vietnam and Iraq were illegal, the first because Secretary of State Dulles refused to sign the 1954 Geneva Accords, thereby precluding American involvement in the avoidance of a plebiscite election as dictated by the Accords, and the second by having bypassed Article 42 of the U.N. Charter, having already benefited from Article 41.  The rest of the wars, if arguably legal, could have been avoided without much difficulty by effective negotiations. And too many innocent civilians have needlessly died in these wars.  U.S. troops caused the deaths of as many as three million people in Vietnam and an estimated one million in Iraq, totaling two-thirds of the Holocaust victims during World War II.  Throw in the two million lives lost in Korea, which was partly our responsibility, and we just about match the Holocaust. Not to forget the heavy financial burden of war, for example the congressional allocations to the military industrial complex to equip and supply the pursuit of warfare.  According to Stiglitz, the total cost of our “war of choice” against Iraq will ultimately cost $3 trillion dollars from taxpayers that go into the military industrial complex.</p>
<p>       The total financial cost of our military establishment has been no less debilitating to our economy than was the case for most of the previous hegemonic civilizations described two decades ago by Paul Kennedy in his excellent book, <em>The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers</em> (Random House, 1987).  It seems that all U.S. military expenditures combined, inclusive of such items as the Veterans Administration, now consume at least 55% of our annual federal budget. This might seem useful in military Keynesian terms, but the total now equals or exceeds military expenditures for the rest of the world combined. Whether we like it or not, our nation has become addicted to warfare since World War II.  Most of our military budget is spent on defense industries with trickle-down benefits to a large number of grateful subcontractors (most of them highly patriotic for obvious reasons) as well as their host communities (also highly patriotic for obvious reasons), but this can only be at a substantial cost to the rest of the nation without sufficient trickle-down access.  In general Vermont farmers tend to lose; Texas laborers tend to win.</p>
<p>        But it cannot be sufficiently emphasized that the Vietnam and Iraq wars&#8211;as well as the military operations in Korea, Panama, the Persian Gulf, and even Yugoslavia&#8211;have been only the tip of the iceberg. According to Chalmers Johnson in <em>The Sorrows of Empire</em>, published in 2004, 725 U.S. military bases, inclusive of sixteen Main Operating Bases (MOBs), exist in as many as 41 nations. Altogether, 250 thousand U.S. troops are stationed abroad, including 118 thousand in Europe, 92 thousand in east Asia, and 14 thousand in the western hemisphere.  Significantly, there was almost no military conflict in these regions at the time of Iraq’s invasion and occupation, yet large numbers of U.S. troops continued to remain deployed in these regions instead of being transferred to Iraq to participate in the fighting there. Preceding the 2007 “surge,” military spokesmen repeatedly insisted in prime time interviews that more troops were needed in order to win in Iraq. They neglected to explain why many thousands of U.S. troops were retained in military bases elsewhere in the world, apparently as a no longer necessary Cold War measure that seamlessly converted into a peacetime occupation strategy. It almost seems as if our government has had an unspoken commitment since the fall of the U.S.S.R. to dominate the entire world into the indefinite future. Proponents might argue that their purpose is to protect the world, but this is to protect the world under our nation’s authority, hence to dominate the world, just as gangland protectionist rings “protect” those they extort money from.  It’s no accident that U.S. investors are active worldwide with governments fully cooperative with U.S. authority.</p>
<p>       Also deplorable has been the ongoing effort of our government to intervene in other country’s internal affairs by manipulating elections, assassinating both enemies and potential enemies, and in general bringing into play whatever dirty tricks seemed useful.  As calculated by William Blum in <em>Killing Hope: U.S. Military and CIA Interventions Since World War II</em>, published in 2003, at least fifty such interventions can be counted for less than the four decades since World War II.  Among the many countries manipulated by the CIA and other such U.S. organizations have been Greece in the late forties, the Philippines in the 1940s and 50s, Iran and Guatemala in 1953-54, Syria in 1956-57, Ecuador in 1960-63, Iraq in 1972-75, Australia in 1973-75, Angola in 1975-the 80s, Morocco in 1983, and so on. Among the many foreign political leaders targeted for assassination were Chou en-Lai of China, Lumumba of the Congo, Castro of Cuba, Torrijos of Panama, Sukarno of Indonesia, Mossadegh of Iran, Nehru of India, Nasser of Egypt, Sihanouk of Cambodia, Trujillo of the Dominican Republic, De Gaulle of France, Allende of Chile, Manley of Jamaica, Milosevic of Yugoslavia, etc.  Fortunately many of them lived to talk about it, but others didn’t.</p>
<p>       According to John Perkins in <em>Confessions of a Hit Man</em>, published five years ago, the arrangement was simple enough.  Bogus U.S. economists including himself (which he freely admitted) would try to convince foreign governments to “liberalize” their economies by accepting U.S. investments without imposing fees, tariffs, or other such costs.  If these governments refused to cooperate, U.S. secret agents identified as “jackals” would arrive to take whatever steps seemed necessary in order to reverse the situation, even if it meant destabilizing the government or assassinating whoever seemed an impediment, presidents and friendly dictators included.  And if the jackals failed, then an invasion became necessary as in the cases of Iraq, Panama, and the Dominican Republic.  Of course the issue was always the war against communism, but somehow the beneficiaries just as inevitably turned out to be U.S. business ventures that had financial interests to be protected and/or advanced by U.S. military forces.</p>
<p>       Our country’s unique relationship with Israel has been the source of enough problems that it deserves to be listed here in a category of its own.  The $3 billion per year of foreign &#8220;aid&#8221; to Israel ($500 per capita) is relatively small compared to our nation’s budget as a whole even when a large variety of supplemental benefits provided to Israel is taken into account. However, this supportive relationship has borne unexpected difficulties that Truman should have recognized when he hastened Israel’s creation as a campaign strategy in 1948. Without any clear mandate, Israel’s relentless effort since then to annex adjacent territories in the West Bank has led to such excessive persecution of the Palestinians that the world’s entire Muslim population has become hostile to both Israel and the United States as its primary benefactor.  Bin Laden’s first public statement after 9-11, made available on October 7, primarily spoke of retaliation for the American role in Israel’s mistreatment of the Palestinians.</p>
<p>        The perhaps unrecognized Machiavellian advantage of our nation’s connection with Israel right now is that it has permitted military Keynesianism to persist during the Obama administration through combat with a variety of Arab nations hostile to Israel. Arab terrorists have replaced the commies as our nation’s most invidious enemies. As a result, warfare continues to play its role as a crutch to our economy exactly when it needs it the most.  Obama insists the Afghan campaign is not a war of choice, but of course it has become one, and its potential economic benefit to our defense industries (i.e., all our major industries) can hardly have been overlooked.  There is no doubt that bin Laden is still loose and that al Qaeda continues to thrive in Afghanistan as a potential threat to our nation. However, their role focuses U.S. aggression and thereby intensifies their appeal in almost every nation in the region.  In fact, al Qaeda’s successful recruitment of guerrilla fighters thrives because of our nation’s aggressive military effort of to root it out in any particular country. And why not?   If U.S. troops invaded and forcibly occupied Canada to root out murderous Canadians hostile to Americans, it wouldn’t be long before everybody in Canada could be treated as a potential enemy. The same with Afghanistan, especially now that the brutal Afghan warlord general Dostum has been allowed to return to the fold as a supporter of our puppet president Karzai.</p>
<p>        One also asks whether Obama actually thinks combat can be limited to the mountainous region on the border between Afghanistan and Pakistan? Or is a new full-scale war what he really wants?  Because that’s what he is going to get.  Of course we’ll “win” if this is his intention&#8211;but all we need to do is declare victory and withdraw any time we want, since the Taliban lacks the capacity to chase us beyond their own border. Nor do they want to. As a result the war is both unwinnable and unlosable&#8211;in other words at least as much a quagmire as Vietnam had been.  But does Obama really want to mount an escalation that might be judged by history with the same disfavor as President Johnson’s fabricated 1965 Tonkin attack and Bush’s fabricated 2003 threat of Saddam Hussein’s atomic capability?  Does he want to be another infamous American president for exactly the wrong reasons?</p>
<p>       One also wonders why Obama has, if anything, expanded the use mercenary forces such as Blackwater (now identified as Xe) in Afghanistan, Iraq, and even Africa. It has been disclosed, for example, that roughly one quarter of our nation’s intelligence activity in Afghanistan is farmed out by the CIA to Blackwater. Once Obama and Secretary of State Clinton opposed Blackwater&#8211;now they depend on it. Also, why has Obama chosen to enlarge the size of our military by as many as 21,000 new troops, 17,000 of which will be sent to Afghanistan? And why doesn’t he put more effort into negotiating with Taliban factions who are willing to reject al Qaeda&#8211;just as was done to “win” the war in Iraq by paying once hostile Sunni tribal leaders monthly salaries between $240 and $300 per month to participate in the so-called surge? And when will our administration finally realize, if they haven’t already, that U.S. combat troops make inferior occupation troops, often provoking a hostile opposition sufficient to initiate a costly full-scale war?  This is exactly what happened between March and September, 2003, when the Iraqi populace were goaded by the severe and unprovoked aggressiveness of U.S. troops into outright resistance.  Many of these troops are now being used in Afghanistan. Do we truly want déjà vu all over again?  Would McCain have gotten away with this sort of thing if he had been elected president? Indignant liberals would be demonstrating in Washington, New York City, and elsewhere.</p>
<p>       As for potential conflict with Iran, why does Defense Secretary Robert Gates announce a “routine” trip to Israel to consult its leadership and deny that this consultation would involve the current standoff with Iran?  And then, having concluded consultations, why does he announce in his press conference a September deadline imposed on Iran to fully cooperate with U.S. objectives? And why does he insist that if Israel chooses to attack Iran the U.S. would have no recourse but to accept this choice? Is an attack on Iran now in the works?  Would this also be suggested by Dennis Ross’s reassignment to the National Security Council perhaps to take operational control of such an attack?  If this is what happens, Zionists will once again succeed in diverting U.S. policy from the effort to obtain negotiations with the Palestinians to a peripheral issue that diverts our energies toward a useful and relatively harmless cause beneficial to Israel on another front&#8211;this time Iran instead of Iraq.</p>
<p>       Speeches by Obama now and again indicate his full awareness that genuine peace is only possible in the Near East once a two-state solution has been implemented between Israel and the Palestinians. But what exactly has been done to bring this about since he came into office? Why hasn’t his administration offered Israel an obvious <em>quid pro quo</em> through diplomatic and trade relations with all Arab nations plus the guaranteed elimination of Iran’s nuclear weapons program&#8211;if it has one&#8211;in exchange for Israel’s full acceptance of a viable two-state solution respected by both parties? Just as our government has generously financed Israel’s aggressive foreign policy since 1967, it would even more generously finance a peace settlement based on all the agreements already in the works at Oslo, Madrid and Taba, to say nothing of Camp David, Roadmap and Annapolis. All groups and nations involved would get a fat payoff, even ourselves by once and for all terminating the crisis. Suddenly there would be an area-wide peace agreement such as has been proposed repeatedly by the Arab League.  Both the Iranians and Palestinians would gladly accept such an arrangement as would most nations outside the Near East.  Until this can be brought about, the United States will remain hostage to the Near East quagmire so effectively orchestrated by the Zionist lobby with lies, threats, broken promises, staged indignant rallies, and the like.</p>
<p>       Turning to South America, why the announced establishment of three or four new U.S. military bases in Colombia near the border of Venezuela? Even if the command of these bases is turned over to the Colombian government, as Hillary Clinton promises, construction costs would obviously be paid by ourselves, and we can expect that American troops would be permitted to be stationed there. There would also be an airfield for military transport planes and fighter planes. Is this Obama’s first step to enlarge our military presence in South America in order to combat “Chavismo” at the very edge of South America’s most hostile nation? Also, why has it been disclosed that several other bases&#8211;half a dozen in all&#8211;would be constructed elsewhere in South America from the Andes to the Caribbean? Moreover, was the present military insurrection of Honduras a thousand miles away intended (or permitted) as a “friendly” takeover in the spirit of President Aristide’s forced exile from Haiti in 2004 orchestrated by the Bush administration? Is Obama actually dusting off Otto Reich’s counter-productive South American strategy a couple decades ago in order to initiate full-fledged regional imperialism once again in South America? How can an apparently aggressive shift in policy be undertaken at the same time both in South America and the Near East inclusive of Russia? Is some kind of an overarching strategy in the works to expand our military presence worldwide even further? Or is the timing simply to be chalked up to ineptitude by Washington bureaucrats?  They shouldn’t want this kind of thinking to happen.</p>
<p><strong>5. Running Dogs That Bark Up The Wrong Tree</strong></p>
<p>       American news coverage is heavy, lasting from morning to night, but with a paucity of genuine new information. Crime and human interest stories predominate, and, relevant to what might be described as “hard” news, the same stories are incessantly repeated until the topic has exhausted the public “mind,” whereupon the press switches to other such stories to fill the gap.  In too many instances the primary task is to suppress crucial facts and shape and craft the stories that cannot be avoided to such an extent that they keep the American public ignorant of exactly the issues that matter the most. On the other hand, information that cannot be ignored but is found distasteful and/or ideologically unacceptable (for example, U.S. drones that accidentally kill large wedding parties in Pakistan) lasts just one or two news cycles at most.</p>
<p>       Most obviously, the “respectable” American media has almost without exception given full support to our nation’s foreign intervention across the globe. Seldom does news coverage feature information that might discredit military operations against a foreign nation.  Instead, with the current exception of Afghanistan, our press has celebrated the cause with full patriotic  approval exactly when its approval has seemed the most useful. News coverage repeatedly vilifies the putative enemy and extols the American cause and those engaged in making it happen.  And whenever needed, competent patriotic reporters can be found who willingly participate in bending their evidence to support a positive judgment, as illustrated by Barbara Miller’s famous coverage of U.S. preparations preceding the invasion of Iraq as well as the bias of “embedded” war correspondents in response to the fighting.  The same “respectable” journalistic support, if not quite at the same level, was put into play to justify military operations in Vietnam, the Persian Gulf, and Afghanistan. All of these wars of choice were more or less illegal and ill conceived, and in at least two instances&#8211;Iraq and Vietnam&#8211;they were finally ruinous to our nation’s sense of collective decency among those who keep track of foreign policy issues. Yet the press promoted them with great enthusiasm exactly when they could have been prevented if there were more public opposition at the time.</p>
<p>       Many claim the basic problem is that news coverage has become a commodity almost totally dominated by such media giants as Time Warner, Disney, Viacom, NBC Universal, Rupert Murdoch’s News Corporation, and the <em>New York Times</em> Company.  Among all these corporate entities, profit predominates at the expense of keeping the public informed.  In varying degrees, with Fox at one extreme and the <em>New York Times</em> at the other, the reporter’s “job” of telling stories with a guaranteed audience takes precedence over informing the public at large on an adequate basis. Of course a modicum of information remains important, but it plays second fiddle to the bottom line, the profits guaranteed by the size and enthusiasm of the audience. As a rule of thumb, media owners are Republicans, reporters are middle-of-the-road Democrats (with one or two liberal Democrats to enliven the package), and publishers mediate between owners and reporters, almost inevitably giving the nod to the owners when the choice really matters, for example when it comes time to endorse a political candidate. The bias&#8211;and there always is one&#8211;thus tilts toward conservatism with a sprinkling of information that might be considered middle-of-the-road liberal.</p>
<p>       As an exception to the rule, significant bias often occurs in news coverage relevant to Israel. The news corporations listed above are dominated by billionaires and multi-millionaires incidentally friendly to the Zionist cause as illustrated by their willingness to publicize Arab atrocities and to suppress information about Israeli transgressions. This bias seems evident in the almost total suppression of information about Sivan Kurtzberg and four other Israeli citizens (two of whom were connected with Mossad) when they were arrested at the edge of a New Jersey highway cheering and photographing the 9-11 catastrophe across the Hudson River. It seemed at the time that they were somehow involved in the event, if only as witnesses who knew in advance that it was going to occur.  They were held in detention for 71 days, then flown back to Israel with little if any publicity. This bias may also be observed in the almost total lack of press coverage relevant to the 2005 story about Larry Franklin, a Zionist spy who served at a high level as a Pentagon analyst, having been caught and then involved in a sting operation that trapped Steve Rosen and Keith Weissman of AIPAC in the act of accepting secret information to be forwarded to Israel. Many other Zionist spies embedded in U.S. agencies might also have been uncovered if the investigation had been pursued more effectively, but it wasn’t, and the case against Rosen and Weissman was finally closed based on the argument that the secret information was so sensitive that it could not have been used as evidence in a courtroom hearing.</p>
<p>       On the other hand, the media’s persistent anti-Arab bias has been in in full display most recently in the media’s top billing over the better part of a week of its indignation with the release of Abdel Baset al Megrahi from prison in Scotland for the destruction of Pan American flight 103 in 1988, over two decades ago, in which a total of 270 people were killed. The official explanation for releasing Megrahi, the token culprit, was his terminal cancer.  But whether or not he had any part in the conspiracy&#8211;which he has persistently denied&#8211;the U.S. media has featured his presumed guilt while totally neglecting the probable justification for this act of terrorism, either the earlier sinking of a couple of Libyan boats in the Gulf of Sidra by American fighter planes or the destruction just six months earlier of an Iranian civilian airliner, flight IR 655, by antiaircraft fire from the U.S. aircraft carrier Vincinnes under the command of Captain Will Rogers III.  In this case 290 passengers died (twenty more than in flight 103), 66 of whom were children en route to a vacation with their families on a recognized civilian air route.  Neither Rogers III nor President Bush ever apologized for this inexcusable “mistake,” but a couple years later the U.S. government paid slightly over $60 million in damages.</p>
<p>       Significantly, the IR 655 incident led to Iran’s acceptance of a U.N. ceasefire that ended the war between Iran and Iraq at a time when Reagan’s administration was intensifying the conflict with its Iran-Contra strategy that just happened to benefit Israel through the mutual destruction of two potential enemies. Today, newsmen such as Wolf Blitzer, a former reporter for the <em>Jerusalem Post</em>, excoriate Megrahi’s release without at all mentioning the overall context. As usual, they totally ignore the full story with the justified expectation that the American public has an even shorter memory than they themselves.  But some of us don’t.</p>
<p>        Too often the media seems almost eager to convey approved misinformation without questioning it.  The majority of intrepid Fox watchers, for example, did not realize for a couple years beyond the 2003 invasion of Iraq that Saddam Hussein had no connection whatsoever with al Qaeda. Vice President Cheney kept insisting that a connection existed between the two based on false reports, and Fox kept this assumption afloat on the airwaves as an unassailable fact&#8211;which it wasn’t.</p>
<p>       But excessive collaboration has been in effect at all levels in the media, including the three most respectable newspapers, the <em>New York Times</em>, <em>Washington Post</em>, and <em>Wall Street Journal</em>.</p>
<p>Even today, for example, during the supposedly enlightened Obama administration, the American public is kept ignorant of the likelihood that our government secretly encouraged the recent coup d’etat in Honduras. Suggestive of this possibility are the facts that our nation already has 400 troops stationed there and that the military coup leaders are using the Washington lobbyist Lanny Davis, once closely connected with Bill and Hillary Clinton, to represent their case in Washington.  It also seems relevant that a U.S. military airfield was used to help fly the deposed president out of Honduras and that U.S. government apologists first tried to excuse themselves with the argument that U.S. representatives in Honduras&#8211;whether military, diplomatic, or both&#8211;warned the coup leaders not to go through with their plan.  How, though, could these Americans have done this if they weren’t aware that a coup attempt was being undertaken?  And if they did know of it and opposed such a possibility, as they now insist to their Latin American friends, why didn’t they make an effort to prevent it?</p>
<p>       But there are more questions as well.  Honduras’ military leadership, mostly educated in Fort Benning’s School of the Americas, avoids doing anything we don’t let them do&#8211;so why did we let them do this? Why has our government belatedly cancelled its aid of $30 million to Honduras at exactly the same time as an aid package of $150 million is being provided by the IMF?  Could our current administration’s manipulative involvement have anything to do with the State Department’s concern about President Zelaya’s friendship with President Chavez of Venezuela? And is its “lukewarm” support of Zelaya linked with the strategy of “waiting it out” until the next election is held on November 29, less than three months from now, when our government can once again help to manipulate election results as it has done so many times before? One wonders, though, if Zelaya might be able to run for reelection on the technicality that he has not served his full term.  The answers to these and other such questions will have far-reaching impact on our nation’s relations with most of Latin America during the rest of Obama’s presidency. Yet coverage in the American press tells us very little.  Everybody who is anybody in Latin America is well aware of what is involved&#8211;it is the supposedly informed American reader who remains ignorant.</p>
<p>       Of course one cannot discount the possibility that the NYT and WP are now researching the Honduras issue to be able to give a full report later, but this did not happen after last August, when Georgia waged a surprise attack against South Ossetia. U.S. newspapers inclusive of the NYT and WP treated the counter-attack of Russian troops as having been the initial assault.  But this was not true, and these news sources never fully conceded their error afterward.  This left American readers with the false impression that the Russians were mostly at fault&#8211;which was not the case. Instead, the encounter began with a highly destructive midnight surprise attack on South Ossetia’s capital planned by Georgian President Mikheil Saakashvili.  One suspects his strategy was at least partly to expedite admittance in NATO in the near future. But Russians troops stationed in South Ossetia staged a successful counter-attack the next morning, and Georgian troops fled for their lives.</p>
<p>       In his recent visit to Georgia, Vice President Biden was able to reinforce the notion that Russia was at fault in his repeated insistence that Russia had first launched the invasion, once doing so while standing arm in arm with Saakashvili. Whether he believes it himself, Biden’s misinformation is only possible because of the failure of most of the American press, especially the <em>New York Times</em>, to set the record straight. Now, just a couple weeks later, we hear that 750 Georgian troops are to be trained by U.S. marines, presumably to serve in Afghanistan.  But who is kidding whom?  If Russia retaliates, for example by supplying its most advanced technology to augment Iran’s defensive missile system, as it has already announced, the Cold War just might be effectively resurrected, and Obama will have pulled off what McCain could never have achieved if he had been elected.   We also learn from a recent <em>Nation</em> article by Alexander Cockburn that Saakashvili has actually boasted of Georgia’s defense minister, David Kezerashvili, and Temur Iakobashvili, its minister in charge of negotiations regarding South Ossetia, having both been Israeli residents before coming to Georgia.</p>
<p>       So the picture gets complicated. Israel demands that pressure be exerted on Russia to withdraw its offer to Iran, and the State Department seems to be making an effort to use both the training of Georgian troops and a new missile system offered to Poland, manned by as many as 100 American technicians, as leverage against Russia in order to give Israel what it wants&#8211;the opportunity to attack Iran without any possibility of high-tech Russian intervention. A little news coverage is to be found in our major newspapers relevant to some of what is happening right now, but only in bits and pieces, and without acknowledging the other side of the story or the full extent of all the tradeoffs now in play.  If and when military conflict erupts in the region involving a Zionist attack on Iran, our press can take satisfaction in Israel’s “existential” justification, and nobody in the United States will know any better.  And with Iran eliminated as a potential threat, Israel can junk any prospects of a regional solution for the Near East, letting it (Israel) continue doing what it pleases in its suppression of Palestinians, hopefully culminating in their transfer elsewhere within another decade or two.</p>
<p><strong>6. Matters Cultural (or not)</strong></p>
<p>       And finally the demoralization of the American public cannot be disregarded as a byproduct of collective decline resulting from what might be described as spent expansionism. When a hegemonic civilization begins to disintegrate, in imperial America no less than our nine hegemonic predecessors, this decline bears with it with a full array of negative consequences that are more or less precipitous. Just as our economy is both broke and extravagant at the same time, and just as our military juggernaut is both powerful and ineffectual at the same time, our collective lifestyle and the social infrastructure that supports it are both wasteful and impoverished at the same time.  The virtue of growth has degenerated into mere extravagance, and traces of decline can be expected to penetrate every aspect of society that has directly or indirectly shared in this excess. Enlarged rewards proportional to output become an insistence at all levels of economic behavior, and innovation (today a corporate mantra) usually consists of useless variation to suggest improvement instead of a cheapening of the product.  Greed thrives, and intrinsic value almost completely takes a back seat to profit maximization.</p>
<p>       Cherished possessions become junk too soon.  Almost every feature of what we buy and use manifests planned obsolescence as first explained by Bernard London in 1932.  Our cars, appliances, TV, computers, cameras, and telephone gadgetry too quickly become obsolete, far too vulnerable to damage, and far too intricate to understand for anybody but the most avid junkies devoted to their use. New houses and furniture are actually stapled together, and new cars and appliances too often depend on plastic components exactly at the sites where wear is the greatest, thus guaranteeing the need for early replacement. Metal isn’t exactly metal, nor is plastic quite plastic.  Nor are wood and its various substitutes straight from the tree, if at all.  Also, our food, our lawns, and everything we touch, smell or breath is laced with presumably non-toxic chemicals that somehow increase corporate profits but whose combined effect on our health can only be harmful.  And so on.</p>
<p>       Our medical system is the most expensive and least productive, dollar for dollar, in the entire post-industrial world.  Our longevity statistics are actually forty-sixth from the top worldwide according to the 2008 <em>CIA World Factbook</em> estimates. Almost all of Europe lives longer than we do.  Obesity has become rampant resulting from the consumption of processed junk food, much of it with the “diet” brand. Today an estimated one-third of the American public are both too bulky and too unhealthy, emblematic of our society as a whole.  Also contributing to our nation’s bad health, as many as forty-six million Americans go without health insurance, and according to the Institute of Medicine in 2004, quoted by Wendell Potter (a former private health insurance publicist), as many as eighteen thousand Americans die each year because of the lack of health insurance. Their medical care at emergency wards is both too expensive and necessarily insufficient.</p>
<p>       Meanwhile the 1200 private health care providers collectively reap about $30 billion in annual profits. Thirty percent of the health industry’s overall budget is spent on administration costs inclusive of profits, lobbying, and so-called “rescissions,” the ongoing effort of lawyers and medical researchers to exclude potentially unprofitable individuals (i.e., those with bad health) from its benefits programs. Trained employees scour the medical records of patients suddenly in trouble to find an earlier medical problem unmentioned in their original applications, however minor, then retroactively cancel these application for fraud exactly when these patients are the most desperately in need of this support.</p>
<p>        No wonder the private health care industry depends as heavily as it does on lobbying elected officials in Washington and dredging up a swarm of blustering “angry” demonstrators presumably eager to retain their private health insurance.  During the first three months of this year alone, it is also estimated that health-care companies and their employees have contributed almost $1.8 million to House members supervising health care reform, with the 52 Blue Dog Democrats receiving 25 percent more apiece than other Democrats.  Another report says altogether $5.4 million has been spent in campaign donations, 60 percent of which went to the Blue Dog Democrats who now control the committees.</p>
<p>        Unfortunately, single-payer insurance comparable to the programs of other post-industrial nations no longer seems a viable possibility in Congress.  Moreover, even the substitution of a public option that would include single-payer insurance as a competitive alternative to private insurance plans seems likely to be sacrificed in favor of a much watered-down co-op option guaranteed to fail. Not surprisingly, conservative congressmen supportive of the health insurance industry are now suggesting that even this concession would be unacceptable to them. And it appears their lobby has the political leverage to impose their own choice.  As a result, Obama’s campaign promise to obtain genuine health insurance reform if elected seems to have caved in despite its widespread public support, in large part because his public relations effort has been inadequate and he and his subordinates have been too compliant in their negotiations toward acceptable compromises. It seems he is willing to make basic concessions before obtaining an adequate tradeoff from those with whom he is negotiating.</p>
<p>       Our educational system is also victimized by bloated costs matched with inferior results.  This contradiction is relevant to both the current K-through-12 test-based improvement strategies and the steady degeneration of colleges and universities into corporate ventures that primarily treat knowledge and student enrollment as marketable commodities. Business Administration and computer technology have almost completely replaced history, philosophy, anthropology, and comparative literature as the chosen majors of students, and this is in fact the appropriate choice, given our nation’s current economic crisis. Our universities feature expensive new construction, high salaries for an excessive number of administrators, and a variety of operational costs that have escalated proportional to the total budget.  If all these expenses were pegged to faculty salaries and/or student tuition at the same level as five, three, or even one decade ago, one suspects there would be no serious budget crisis. To offset these needless costs peripheral to the basic task of education, our colleges and universities jack up tuition each year and substitute instructors and teaching assistants for tenure-track faculty as much as possible&#8211;to the extent that many students do not encounter a genuine tenured professor until they reach their junior year.  As a result many college-educated individuals are no longer particularly educated, only competent in making money&#8211;that is to say, in maximizing their income relative to the effort expended.</p>
<p>       The gap between poverty and perceived respectability seems to have become almost unbridgeable. Vertical mobility has become less accessible than in the past, quite opposite the prevalent myth of poor people striking it rich one way or another.  The few who do succeed (rock stars, etc.) get heavy publicity, and most others rest satisfied with the dream.  The poor are mostly to be found in run-down urban neighborhoods, the middle-class in stapled split-level houses located in upscale housing projects, and the wealthy in gated communities crowded with stapled McMansions minus personal libraries except for Christmas and birthday books.</p>
<p>       Moreover, traditional families have become almost archaic.</p>
<p>Among two-parent families both fathers and mothers work to support an artificial standard of living, and their children either run free or endure the supervision of nannies, many of whom have trouble coping with the English language. Similarly, the rates of divorce and single parenthood are off the chart, as is the deliberate rejection of parenthood among exactly the best and most suitable candidates for this role. Too many of our most promising potential parents don’t parent, while too many of our most challenged parents excessively test this challenge.</p>
<p>       Meanwhile, a steady diet of teen-appeal TV movies, reality TV programming, violent computer games, and internet pornography consume the attention of too big an audience. Extravagance has become an obsession of too many Americans who live otherwise impoverished lives.  Hollywood movies have become for the most part hebephrenic junk except for a few weeks preceding the March Oscar ceremonies. In response to this collective vulgarity, an ultra-reactionary tide of mindless opposition now manifests itself among our nation’s quasi-literate sub-population of supposedly concerned citizens. As to be expected, these strident misguided soldiers of democracy have latched onto arch-patriotism, fundamentalist religion, the rights of unborn babies, and the freedom to bear arms as the primary answers to our nation’s most compelling problems. A fraudulent $3 trillion war is far less offense to them than health care reform at a far lower cost that actually saves many tens of thousands of American lives.</p>
<p>       So exactly who, then, best fits the description as our current generation’s great thinkers, great creators, great jurists and great statesmen comparable to those of previous generations?  Alas, they don’t exist except for a few dozen angry iconoclasts, further testimony to our nation’s present decline into mediocrity despite its abundance of glitz and technological gimmickry.</p>
<p><strong>7. Flopping on the Dock</strong></p>
<p>       President Obama is certainly bright and competent enough to confront this challenge under the right circumstances.  However, he is far too conciliatory with the Bush-style Republicans who managed to survive the last election. It is to be conceded that his supposedly unbeatable majority in both houses of Congress is vulnerable to partisan resistance by blue-dog Democrats working in conjunction with their Republican friends equally indebted to the K-Street lobbyists.  Nevertheless, Obama seems almost eager to appease these people, and if his ultra-conciliatory strategy persists much longer his administration is likely to replicate the disappointing outcome of the Carter and Clinton presidencies as opposed to the earlier successes of the FDR and Johnson administrations, the latter despite the glaring exception of the Vietnam War.  Meanwhile, Obama’s current foreign policy adventurism should be curtailed, to begin with by coming up with an acceptable withdrawal strategy from Afghanistan.  Obama might seem a more effective spokesman in defense of military operations abroad than Bush had been, but his ability to gild a sullied strategy will eventually catch up with him.</p>
<p>       Again it is to be acknowledged that the United States enjoys dominant status in the world today similar to that of a handful of hegemonic societies&#8211;nine in all&#8211;that preceded us throughout the history of Western Civilization. But as much as anything this historic similarity suggests the likelihood of a similar outcome, of course in a manner appropriate to our particular circumstances. For history cannot entirely be forgotten.   In 1909, exactly a hundred years ago, England seemed completely dominant across the entire world, and in 1809 so did Napoleon across Europe inclusive of Spain, Egypt, and soon enough Moscow. Both hegemons tumbled, England beginning with the First World War five years later, and France more decisively with Napoleon’s defeat at Waterloo six years later.  So what about our current prospects as a world power in 2009?  As with all our precursors, paradoxically, our economy and military capabilities are at once both formidable and fatally overextended, dependent on a debt level one trillion dollars in excess of the total annual GDP of the entire world combined, the United States included. This amounts to incredible extravagance.  It is what has paid for everything else, and now the party is over&#8211;almost.  Like a landed barracuda, our nation vigorously flops on the dock.  It is dangerous to everybody who stands too close but its chances of surviving much longer as a threat to others are slim.  So the question poses itself what can be done to slow down this process, if not turn it around.  For, again, our nation’s particular version of hubris seems to be running on empty, unable to take things much farther in the direction we’re going.</p>
<li>Read <a href="http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/running-on-empty-2/">U.S. Jeremiad (Part 1)</a>.</li>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/guns-lies-and-social-decline/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Neoliberalism Needs Death Squads in Colombia</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/neoliberalism-needs-death-squads-in-colombia/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/neoliberalism-needs-death-squads-in-colombia/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2009 15:59:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Hans Bennett</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Class]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Colombia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Drug Wars]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Human Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Neoliberalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10287</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In her new book Blood &#038; Capital: The Paramilitarization of Colombia, author Jasmin Hristov writes: “For roughly forty years, the Colombian state has been playing a double game: prohibiting the formation of paramilitary groups with one law and facilitating their existence with another; condemning their barbarities and at the same time assisting their operations; promising [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In her new book <em><a href="http://www.ohioswallow.com/book/Blood+and+Capital">Blood &#038; Capital: The Paramilitarization of Colombia</a></em>, author Jasmin Hristov writes: “For roughly forty years, the Colombian state has been playing a double game: prohibiting the formation of paramilitary groups with one law and facilitating their existence with another; condemning their barbarities and at the same time assisting their operations; promising to bring perpetrators of crime to justice, while opening the door to perpetual immunity; convicting them of narco-trafficking, yet profiting from their drug deals; announcing to the world the government’s persecution of paramilitary organizations, even though in reality these ‘illegal armed groups’ have been carrying out the dirty work unseemly for a state that claims to be democratic and worthy of billions of dollars in US military aid.”</p>
<p>As the largest recipient of US military aid in the hemisphere, Colombia has long been the US’ most important ally in Latin America. Simultaneously, Colombia has also become the hemisphere’s worst human rights violator, with Colombia’s numerous paramilitary organizations recently taking center stage, as they’ve gradually become directly responsible for more human rights atrocities than the formal military and police. In the name of fighting “narco-terrorism,” poor people and dissidents are massacred, assassinated, tortured, and disappeared, among other atrocities—done to eliminate particular individuals and to “set an example” by intimidating others in the community. 97 percent of human rights abuses remain unpunished.</p>
<p>In recent years, a variety of human rights organizations, as well as mainstream academics and journalists have found it impossible to ignore the astronomical human rights violations. However, even though these groups have accurately reported on the actual atrocities, Jasmin Hristov argues that in their reports, the atrocities are largely de-contextualized from the powerful forces in Colombia and the US that directly benefit from this repression. According to Hristov, this mainstream presentation serves to mask the fact that US and Colombian elites directly support (via funding, training, supervising, and providing legal immunity for) state repression carried out by the police and military, as well as illegal paramilitary groups that are unofficially sanctioned by the government. Whether it is murdering labor organizers or displacing an indigenous community because a US corporation wants to drill for oil on their land, Hristov passionately asserts that death squad violence is purposefully directed towards sectors of society that stand in the way of the ruling class’ efforts to maintain economic dominance and acquire more resources to make even more profit.</p>
<p>In her book, Hristov does make a convincing argument that Colombia’s notorious death squads are inherently linked to maintenance of the country’s extreme economic inequality. Particularly since the neoliberal reforms of the 1990s that have increased poverty, Colombia’s poor continue to resist their oppression in many different ways. In response, state repression on a variety of levels is needed to terrorize unarmed social movements and other community groups and activists.</p>
<p>Throughout <em>Blood &#038; Capital</em>, Hristov seeks to expose the rational motivations behind state violence for capitalism’s economic elites in the US and Colombia. In meticulous detail, Hristov shows how the super-rich benefit from state repression and how the violators of human rights have essentially become immune from any consequences for their actions. If death squads are truly to be abolished in Colombia, we must look honestly at how and why they exist today. Hristov’s new book is a powerful tool for exposing who truly calls the shots.</p>
<p><strong><br />
Neoliberalism or Neopoverty?</strong></p>
<p>Hristov asserts that “it is not a mere coincidence that during the era of accelerated neoliberal restructuring, the deterioration in the living conditions of the working majority has been accompanied by an increase in the capabilities and activities of military, police, and paramilitary groups, as well as the portrayal of social movements as forces that must be monitored, silenced, and eventually dismantled.” The scandalous epidemic of poverty in Colombia is key to understanding Colombian politics, and why the upper classes so fear political organizing among the poor, who could mount a formidable opposition to the status quo if allowed to organize unrestrained by state repression.</p>
<p>When neoliberal policies were adopted by the Colombian government in the 1990s, it dramatically increased poverty, and made an already terrible situation worse. Hristov writes that the “essential components of neoliberalism are trade liberalization, privatization, deregulation, and austerity. Trade liberalization entails the removal of any trade barriers, such as tariffs and quotas. Privatization requires the sale of public enterprises and assets to private owners. Through the removal of government restrictions and interventions on capital, deregulation allows market forces to act as a self-regulating mechanism… Austerity requires the drastic reduction or elimination of expenditures for social programs and services.”</p>
<p>She argues that the “main cause that led to the official adoption of neoliberal policies by the developing countries in Latin America and elsewhere was the pressure to service their external debts in the late 1970s. In order to receive loans from the World Bank (WB), or the International Monetary Fund (IMF), nations had to agree to a program of structural adjustment that included drastically reducing public spending in health, education, and welfare,” and much more.</p>
<p>Because Colombia had less debt than other Latin American countries, “major neoliberal restructuring did not begin until 1990, under President Cesar Gaviria Trujillo (1990-94), when the country began to receive massive amounts of US military aid…In addition to the significant social damage wrought by these policies, by the mid-1990s Colombia had to almost double its borrowing from the IMF because of the economic crisis brought on by the market liberalization,” writes Hristov.</p>
<p>These drastic reforms have intensified since current President Alvaro Uribe came to power in 2002. After the IMF loaned $2.1 billion in 2003 on the condition that the reforms be accelerated, Uribe “privatized one of the country’s largest banks (BANCAFE), restructured the pension program, and reduced the number of public-sector workers in order to cut budget deficits, as required by the international lending institution. Uribe also closed down some of the country’s biggest public hospitals, eliminating over four thousand medical jobs, and denationalized companies in the telecommunications, oil, and mining sectors,” reports Hristov.</p>
<p>These are a few of the statistics compiled by Hristov, who writes that “in a country of 45 million, around 11 million people are unable to afford even one nutritious meal a day. According to statistics from 2005, 65 percent of Colombians are unable to regularly satisfy basic subsistence needs. In rural areas, the poverty rate is as high as 85 percent… In 2000 it was estimated that half a million children suffer from malnutrition and close to 2.5 million children between the ages of six and seventeen are forced to work… Furthermore, there has been a notable decline in school attendance, literacy, and life expectancy as well as access to child care and education over the past couple of years.”</p>
<p><strong><br />
Blood, Capital, and the State Coercive Apparatus</strong></p>
<p>Throughout <em>Blood &#038; Capital</em>, Hristov details many horrifying ways in which the rich are empowered by violence from what she identifies as the “state’s coercive apparatus” (SCA). She argues that “two intertwining motifs run throughout Colombia’s history: (1) social relations marked by inequality, exploitation, and exclusion and (2) violence employed by those with economic and political power over the working majority and the poor in order to acquire control over resources, forcibly recruit labor, and suppress or eliminate dissent.”</p>
<p>Dating back to the European conquest of the Americas, Hristov asserts that violence has been central to the creation of modern-day Colombia’s government and economy. She writes that “starting in the late 1500s, the conquerors began clearing the indigenous population from territories with desirable characteristics—mineral deposits, fertile soil, access to water, transportation routes, and so on. The separation of the indigenous from their means of subsistence allowed the formation of a local colonial elite who transformed what used to be the native inhabitants communal lands into large estates or haciendas. The creation of landless peasants facilitated the supply of labor for the Spaniards’ ventures, such as mining and agriculture.”</p>
<p>State violence supporting the economic elite continued, but became much worse in the 1960s under the direction of the US military. Alfredo Vasquez Carrizosa, President of the Colombian Permanent Committee for Human Rights reports that in the 1960s, “during the Kennedy administration,” the US “took great pains to transform our regular armies into counterinsurgency brigades, accepting the new strategy of the death squads.” This “ushered in what is known in Latin America as the National Security Doctrine… not defense against an external enemy, but a way to make the military establishment the masters of the game… the right to combat the internal enemy… this could mean anyone, including human rights activists such as myself.”</p>
<p>As Edward Herman, co-author of <em>The Washington Connection and Third World Fascism</em> explained in a previous <a href="http://upsidedownworld.org/main/content/view/1648/1/">interview</a> with <em>Upside Down World</em>, US support for repressive governments in Colombia and throughout Latin America was, and still is, part of a general policy towards third world populations. Focusing largely on US support for the Latin American “National Security States,” Herman and co-author Noam Chomsky argue that U.S. corporations purposefully support (and in many instances create) fascist terror states in order to create a favorable investment climate. In exchange for a cut of the action, local military police-states brutally repress their population when it attempts to assert basic human rights.</p>
<p>In the 1960s, the US and Colombian governments launched Plan Lazo, designed to target the “internal enemy.” Hristov writes that “the military aid that was part of Plan Lazo (and all subsequent programs, including those in place today, such as the Patriot Plan) were given on the condition that Colombian forces would use terror and violence, since these formed a legitimate part of the overall anticommunist offensive. In 1966 the field manual <em>US Army Counterinsurgency Forces</em> specified that while antiguerrilla should not employ mass terror, selective terror against civilians was acceptable and was justified as a necessary response to the alleged terrorism committed by rebel forces.”</p>
<p>Hristov asserts that while the US handled the “financial and ideological aspects” of building and strengthening the SCA, locally the Colombian elites also played a key role. “It implemented many of the policies suggested by the US counterinsurgency manual in order to discipline the civilian population through measures such as press censorship, the suspension of civil rights (to permit arrest on mere suspicion), and the forced relocation of entire villages. President Guillermo Leon Valencia (1962-66) boosted the anticommunist campaign by declaring a state of siege whereby judicial and political powers were transferred to the military while the latter was freed from accountability to civilian authorities for its conduct.”</p>
<p>With US financing and supervision, the Colombian armed forces have since become one of the most renowned human rights violators in the world. This despicable conduct eventually created significant local and international opposition, and under this pressure the SCA has been forced to adjust. In response, the responsibility for repression has shifted more towards paramilitaries, whose activities are officially independent of the government. In this situation, when paramilitaries target the “internal enemy,” the same goal is accomplished as if the government itself did it, yet the government cannot be officially linked to the violence.</p>
<p><strong>The Paramilitarization of Colombia</strong></p>
<p>The size and strength of paramilitary death squads in Colombia has steadily increased since they were first established in the 1960s. According to Hristov, the paramilitaries are now responsible for about 80 percent of human rights violations in Colombia, compared to 16 percent by the rebel guerrillas. The paramilitaries’ evolution, Hristov argues, is the result of “perhaps the most creative and intelligent effort by an elite-dominated state to counteract revolutionary processes… The Colombian parastatal system represents neither a traditional centralized authoritarian regime, as those that existed in Argentina, Chile, and Brazil, nor merely a collection of autonomous armed bands dispersed over rural areas, each ruling locally, as in Mexico. What we see in Colombia is a mutated SCA that has assumed a nonstate appearance.”</p>
<p>The function of the paramilitaries in Colombia was explained well by Captain Gilberto Cardenas, former captain of the national police and former director of the Judicial Police Investigative and Intelligence Unit in the Uraba region. In 2002, testifying against the commander of the Seventeenth Brigade of the Colombian armed forces, Cardenas told representatives of the United Nations and Colombian authorities, “The paramilitaries were created by the Colombian government itself to do the dirty work, in other words, in order to kill all individuals who, according to the state and the police, are guerrillas. But in order to do that, the [the government] had to create illegal groups so that no one would suspect the government of Colombia and its military forces…members of the army and the police even patrol side by side with the paramilitaries.”</p>
<p>The paramilitary system first began in the mid-1960s when the Colombian government passed legislation that authorized citizens to carry arms and assist the military in repression. Hristov argues that “paramilitary forces entered the scene to perform two main functions.” The first was to participate in combat at a local level, as described by the 1966 <em>US Army Counterinsurgency Forces</em> field manual, which stated: “paramilitary units can support the national army in the conduct of counterinsurgency operations when the latter are being conducted in their own province or political subdivision.” Second, Hristov writes that paramilitaries “were intended to monitor and gather intelligence on the rebels, their civilian supporters, and social organizations by establishing networks throughout the country.”</p>
<p>While these early paramilitaries did play some role in state repression, it would not be until the 1980s that they really began to increase in size and influence. Hristov writes that “the 1980s were the golden age of paramilitary development, as many new groups formed, expanded, and rapidly acquired financial and military strength&#8230; This second wave of creation enacted by large-scale landowners, cattle ranchers, mining entrepreneurs (particularly those in the emerald business) and narco-lords took place in a particular context, characterized by five main features: a shift in the state’s (unofficial) policy toward the partial privatization of coercion; the state’s fusion with the elite; a legal framework that had set the ground for the design, training, equipping, and administration by the state military of armed bodies outside its institution; a prevailing anticommunist ideology; and militarized patches of the country that served as models to emulate.”</p>
<p>This second wave was given another boost in 1994 with the creation of the Community Rural Surveillance Associations (CONVIVIR) by current President Alvaro Uribe Velez, who was the governor of the department of Antioquia at that time. Hristov writes that Uribe made CONVIVIR into “a replica of the original paramilitary bodies designed in the 1960s. As it had thirty years ago, now the civilian counterpart of the SCA was to take on a central role in the Dirty War under a legal mantle. By the time CONVIVIR was outlawed, in 1999, most of the numerous paramilitary self defense bodies had united, attaining an organizational and military capacity unsurpassed by paramilitary forces in any other Latin American country.”</p>
<p>In August, 1998, just before the legislation supporting CONVIVIR was abolished, hundreds of members publicly announced that they would be joining the AUC paramilitary network, which became the most prominent paramilitary network in Colombia. The AUC had been created in 1997, mostly under the leadership of Carlos Castano and his paramilitary group, the ACCU, which became the largest group in the AUC federation. Others that operated in this loose confederation of paramilitary groups included Bloque Cacique Nutibara, the Bloque Central Bolivar, and the Bloque de Magdalena Medio.</p>
<p>Following official “peace negotiations” between the AUC and the Colombian government which began in 2002 with an official AUC ceasefire agreement, the AUC officially disbanded in February 2006, as part of an overall public disarmament of many paramilitaries throughout Colombia. However Hristov argues that “there are many factors challenging the legitimacy of the peace process. First, during the entire period of the cease-fire announced by the AUC, its groups regularly engaged in military actions against civilians, thereby committing human rights violations (and such activities continue to take place). Second, often those who claimed to be demobilizing were not the real paramilitary combatants but hired criminals, or drug dealers who had bought the AUC franchise. Third, large quantities of arms that should have been turned over were not. Fourth, fighters who are officially considered demobilized are in reality already active militarily in new organizations, where their skills of terrorizing the civilian population for economic gains are necessary and valued.”</p>
<p>Since 2006, there have been several government initiatives that give the formal appearance of the Colombian government working to combat paramilitaries. Hristov explains that “early in 2007 the Supreme Court began investigating numerous connections between paramilitaries and important state actors, such as senators, representatives, deputies, councilors, and mayors. As time went by, the public learned of more and more cases in which the legal (state officials with their political authority and legitimacy) and the illegal (paramilitary groups with their economic and military power) had entered into alliances to advance their mutual interests. Through mid-2008, 38 percent of members of Congress have been implicated in this parapolitica scandal.”</p>
<p>While Hristov recognizes some importance in these recent investigations, she feels that their real impact has been extremely limited. She argues that “despite all the cases that have been exposed, parapolitica is not likely to be eradicated from the Colombian political system. On the contrary, the flood of revelations about politicians’ connections to the paramilitary actually allows serious crimes, such as complicity in massacres, to get buried under waves of minor offenses, and eventually the entire issue becomes just another corruption scandal.”</p>
<p>In their <a href="http://www.hrw.org/en/node/79342">2009 report on Colombia</a>, Human Rights Watch concluded that there are many “threats to accountability for paramilitaries’ accomplices,” reporting that “the Uribe administration has repeatedly taken actions that could sabotage the investigations. Administration officials have issued public personal attacks on the Supreme Court and its members, in some cases making accusations that have turned out to be baseless, in what increasingly looks like a campaign to discredit the court. In mid-2008 the administration proposed a series of constitutional amendments that would have removed what are known as the ‘parapolitics’ investigations from the Supreme Court&#8217;s jurisdiction, but it withdrew the proposal in November. The administration also blocked what is known as the ‘empty chair’ bill, which would have reformed the Congress to sanction parties that had backed politicians linked to paramilitaries.”</p>
<p>Hristov concludes that the centrality of paramilitaries to Colombian politics will not be disappearing anytime soon, mostly because repression has been necessary to enforce the country’s stark social/political/economic injustice. Hristov argues that the paramilitaries have become an essential tool of repression, and because Colombia’s poor majority will continue to resist this outrageous poverty, the paramilitaries’ repression will continue. Seen in this context, the recent demobilization process is only a tactical restructuring of paramilitaries and the SCA, similar to their restructurings in the 1980s and 1990s. Hristov sees this restructuring as an “adaptation response” to “assure its future survival” in the face of “the reality of resistance and opposition by numerous sectors of society against further dispossession,” with the state’s ultimate goal being “the institutionalization of paramilitarism and the legalization of capital accumulation through violence.”</p>
<p><strong>War on Narco-terrorists?</strong></p>
<p>Since the official end of the Cold War in 1989, US rhetorical justification for allying itself with and providing military aid to the Colombian government has shifted from fighting “communism” to fighting “narco-terrorism.” Hristov argues that official rhetoric may have changed but it’s still easy to expose this fraudulent war on narco-terrorism as actually being a war against poor people. Concerning the so-called war on terrorism, how can the hemisphere’s worst human rights violator fight terrorism? Then, similar to the absurd notion of a terrorist fighting terrorism, how can a government heavily complicit in the drug trade claim that it is fighting a war on drugs?</p>
<p>The Colombian government’s multi-faceted complicity in drug trafficking extends all the way to current President Uribe, who was listed by the Pentagon itself, as one of the most wanted international drug traffickers. A declassified National Security Archives report dated September 23, 1991, explicitly accused Uribe of being a collaborator of the Medellin cartel and a personal friend of Pablo Escobar. This report states further that Uribe was one of the “more important Colombian narco-terrorists contracted by the Colombian narcotics cartels for security, transportation, distribution, collection, and enforcement of narcotics operations in both the US and Colombia. These individuals are also contracted as ‘HIT MEN’ to assassinate individuals targeted by the ‘extraditables,’ or individual ‘narcotic leaders,’ and to perform terrorist acts against Colombian officials, other government officials, law enforcement agencies, and groups of other political persuasions.”</p>
<p>It’s not just the Colombian government! Hristov argues that the US government’s Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) “has in reality been converted largely to an instrument of drug traffickers and paramilitaries.” To support this assertion, she cites a 2004 memorandum issued by a lawyer at the US Department of Justice named Thomas M. Kent, which accused the DEA of extreme misconduct. Kent states that strong evidence of misconduct is routinely ignored by the control agencies of the Department of Justice. Hristov summarizes key points made in Kent’s memorandum, including “to supplement their $7,000 monthly salary, some DEA agents have managed to negotiate with Colombian drug dealers… DEA personnel have been implicated in the killing of informants… Members of the AUC [paramilitaries] have been assisted by DEA agents in money laundering… DEA agents have participated in the extortion of drug traffickers awaiting extradition.”</p>
<p>On another note, Hristov makes the important point that drug trafficking and the rise of paramilitaries have both fed each other in two key ways. “First, the groups involved in trafficking needed to protect their laboratories, illegal cultivation, and clandestine airstrips in rural areas stimulated the emergence of local armed groups outside the state. Second, many drug dealers had begun to invest their capital in millions of hectares of the best agricultural land in the country… and they needed armed forces to protect their lands.” Hristov adds further that “the preexisting concentration of land ownership in the hands of the elite and the displacement of impoverished peasants was aggravated dramatically by this trend.”</p>
<p>To further expose this fraudulent “war on drugs,” it should be noted that the US government has a long history of complicity in drug trafficking, particularly in Latin America. While author William Blum has written the definitive short <a href="http://www.thirdworldtraveler.com/Blum/CIADrugs_WBlum.html">article</a> on the topic, Alfred McCoy has written the most comprehensive book, titled <em><a href="http://www.lycaeum.org/drugwar/DARKALLIANCE/ciaheron.html">The Politics of Heroin</a></em>, documenting the CIA’s relationships with drug traffickers around the world, including in France, Italy, China, Laos, Afghanistan, Haiti, and throughout Latin America.  In 1989, a <a href="http://www.pinknoiz.com/covert/contracoke.html">Senatorial Committee</a> chaired by Senator John Kerry documented that during the 1980s, while working with the anti-Sandinista “Contras,” the CIA and other branches of the US government were complicit in trafficking cocaine into the US from Latin America. The Kerry Committee concluded a three year investigation by stating in their report that “there was substantial evidence of drug smuggling through the war zones on the part of individual Contras, Contra suppliers, Contra pilots, mercenaries who worked with the Contras, and Contra supporters throughout the region… US officials involved in Central America failed to address the drug issue for fear of jeopardizing the war efforts against Nicaragua… In each case, one or another agency of the US government had information regarding the involvement either while it was occurring, or immediately thereafter.”</p>
<p>The Kerry Committee’s report and the story behind it has been analyzed well by authors Peter Dale Scott and Jonathan Marshall in their book <em><a href="http://www.ucpress.edu/books/pages/2938.php">Cocaine Politics</a></em>. In 1996, investigative journalist <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d6dHqP9wc3k">Gary Webb</a> wrote a series of <a href="http://www.narconews.com/darkalliance/drugs/start.htm">articles</a> for the <em>San Jose Mercury News</em> (later expanded and made into a <a href="http://www.sevenstories.com/book/?GCOI=58322100705890">book</a> in 1999) which directly tied Contra cocaine traffickers Danilo Blandon and Norwin Meneses (both protected by the US government) to Los Angeles drug kingpin “Freeway” Rick Ross, who played a key role in starting the crack-cocaine epidemic of the 1980s. The mainstream media launched a smear campaign attacking Webb’s story that eventually caused even the <em>Mercury News</em> to denounce Webb. However, several prominent journalists came to Webb’s defense and challenged the mainstream media’s smear campaign, including <a href="http://www.fair.org/index.php?page=1374">Norman Solomon</a>, <a href="http://www.consortiumnews.com/2004/121304.html">Robert Parry</a>, and <em>Counterpunch</em> <a href="http://www.counterpunch.org/webb12172004.html">co-editors</a> Alexander Cockburn and Jeffrey St. Clair.</p>
<p><strong>Unmasking The Unholy Alliance</strong></p>
<p>The relationship between the US and Colombian elite is truly an unholy alliance. With US President Barack Obama praising the Colombian government and attempting to build several new military bases in Colombia, it is more important than ever to expose the truth about who supports death squads and why. Hopefully Blood &#038; Capital will receive the attention that it deserves, and Hristov’s meticulous research can be used to truly disarm the state coercive apparatus in Colombia. </p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/09/neoliberalism-needs-death-squads-in-colombia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>A &#8220;Dark Winter&#8221; for Public Health: Meet Homeland Security&#8217;s New Bioterror Czarina</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/a-dark-winter-for-public-health-meet-homeland-securitys-new-bioterror-czarina/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/a-dark-winter-for-public-health-meet-homeland-securitys-new-bioterror-czarina/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 24 Aug 2009 15:59:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Burghardt</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Anti-war]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health/Medical]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Science/Tech]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=10034</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In the wake of the 2001 anthrax attacks, successive U.S. administrations have pumped some $57 billion across 11 federal agencies and departments into what is euphemistically called &#8220;biodefense.&#8221; Speaking at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland in January 2005, former U.S. Senate Majority Leader William Frist, a Bushist acolyte, baldly stated that &#8220;The greatest [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the wake of the 2001 anthrax attacks, successive U.S. administrations have pumped some $57 billion across 11 federal agencies and departments into what is euphemistically called &#8220;biodefense.&#8221; Speaking at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland in January 2005, former U.S. Senate Majority Leader William Frist, a Bushist acolyte, baldly stated that &#8220;The greatest existential threat we have in the world today is biological&#8221; and predicted that &#8220;an inevitable bioterror attack&#8221; would come &#8220;at some time in the next 10 years.&#8221;</p>
<p>Later that year, Frist and former House Speaker Dennis Hastert (R-IL) covertly inserted language into the 2006 Defense Appropriations bill (H.R. 2863) that granted legal immunity to vaccine manufacturers, even in cases of willful misconduct. It was signed into law by President Bush.</p>
<p>According to <a href="http://www.citizen.org/pressroom/release.cfm?ID=2102">Public Citizen</a> and <a href="http://query.nytimes.com/gst/fullpage.html?sec=health&amp;res=9F0DE3DA1730F933A15751C1A9639C8B63">The New York Times</a>, Frist and Hastert benefited financially from their actions; the pair, as well as 41 other congressmen and senators owned as much as $16 million in pharmaceutical stock. <a href="http://www.sourcewatch.org/index.php?title=Bill_Frist#Meet_the_Cash_Constituents"><SourceWatch</a> revealed that &#8220;the Biotechnology Industry Organization (<a href="http://www.bio.org/">BIO</a>) is purported to be the key author of the language additions. This trade association represents virtually all major vaccine manufacturers.&#8221;</p>
<p>The Senate Majority Leader&#8217;s alarmist jeremiad at Davos was seconded by Dr. Tara O&#8217;Toole who added, &#8220;This [bioterrorism] is one of the most pressing problems we have on the planet today.&#8221;</p>
<p>Really? Not grinding poverty, global warming or the lack of access by hundreds of millions of impoverished workers and farmers to clean water, an adequate diet, health care or relief from epidemic levels of preventable diseases such as malaria, tuberculosis or diarrhea, but &#8220;bioterrorism&#8221; as narrowly defined by securocrats and their academic accomplices.</p>
<p>But Dr. Victor W. Sidel, a founder of Physicians for Social Responsibility (<a href="http://www.psr.org/">PSR</a>) and an outspoken critic of the Bioweapons-Industrial-Complex challenged O&#8217;Toole&#8217;s hysterical paradigm.</p>
<p>Sidel made the point that there is a fundamental conflict between the state&#8217;s national security goals and health care providers&#8217; professional responsibilities to patients. He wrote in 2003 that &#8220;military, intelligence, and law enforcement agencies and personnel have long histories of secrecy and deception that are contrary to the fundamental health principles of transparency and truthfulness. They may therefore be unsuitable partners for public health agencies that need to justify receiving the public&#8217;s trust.&#8221;</p>
<p>In this context, the choice of O&#8217;Toole as the Department of Homeland Security&#8217;s (DHS) Undersecretary of Science and Technology is troubling to say the least. As former CEO and Director of UPMC&#8217;s Center for Biosecurity, critics charge that O&#8217;Toole&#8217;s appointment will be nothing short of a disaster.</p>
<p>No ordinary policy wonk with an impressive résumé and years as a government insider, O&#8217;Toole is a key player advocating for the expansion of dual-use biological weapons programs rebranded as biodefense.</p>
<p><strong>Subverting the Biological Weapons Convention</strong></p>
<p>The resuscitation of American bioweapons programs are facilitated by their secretive and highly-classified nature. Under cover of academic freedom or intellectual property rights, the U.S. Bioweapons-Industrial-Complex has largely been outsourced by the state to private companies and contractors at top American corporations and universities.</p>
<p>Efforts to strengthen the Biological Weapons Convention (BWC) by the inclusion of verification language into the treaty and regular inspection of suspect facilities by international experts have been shot-down since 2001 by the Bush and now, the Obama administrations. Why?</p>
<p>Primarily because the United States view onsite measures as a threat to the commercial proprietary information of multinational pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies as well as to America&#8217;s reputedly &#8220;defensive&#8221; biological programs; initiatives that continue to work with nature&#8217;s most dangerous and deadly pathogens.</p>
<p>In fact, the problem of the dual-use nature of such research is a conundrum facing critics who challenge the break-neck expansion of concealed weapons programs. Simply put, military activities can be disguised as commercial research to develop medical countermeasures without anyone, least of all the American people, being any the wiser.</p>
<p>Highly-trained microbiologists deployed across a spectrum of low-key companies, trained for academic, public health, or commercial employment are part of the dual-use problem. Who&#8217;s to say whether scientists who genetically-manipulate pathogens or create Frankenstein-like chimera disease organisms (say, synthesized Marburg or Ebola virus as has already been done with poliovirus in a U.S. lab) are engaged in treaty-busting weapons research or the development of life-saving measures.</p>
<p>And what about the accidental, or more sinisterly, the deliberate release of some horrific new plague by a scientist who&#8217;s &#8220;gone rogue&#8221;? As researcher Edward Hammond pointed out:</p>
</p>
<blockquote><p>British researchers pled guilty in 2001 to charges that they improperly handled a genetically engineered hybrid of the viruses causing hepatitis C and dengue fever. British authorities characterized the virus as &#8220;more lethal than HIV&#8221;. &#8216;Dengatitis&#8217; was deliberately created by researchers who wanted to use fewer laboratory animals in a search for a vaccine for Hepatitis C. Under unsafe laboratory conditions, the researchers created and nearly accidentally released a new hybrid human disease whose effects, fortunately, remain unknown; but which may have displayed different symptoms than its parents and thus been difficult to diagnose, and have required a new, unknown treatment regime. (Emerging Technologies: Genetic Engineering and Biological Weapons, <a href="http://www.sunshine-project.org/">The Sunshine Project</a>, Background Paper No. 12, November 2003)</p>
</blockquote>
<p>A new <a href="http://www.armscontrolcenter.org/policy/biochem/articles/bwc_compliance.pdf">report</a> by the Center for Arms Control and Nonproliferation has charged that despite restrictions under the BWC prohibiting the development, production, stockpiling and use of weaponized disease agents such as anthrax, smallpox or plague, as well as equipment and delivery systems intended for offensive use, the rapid growth of &#8220;biodefense and research programs over the last decade&#8221; has placed &#8220;new pressure&#8221; on efforts to curb the development of banned weapons listed in the treaty.</p>
<p>In an <a href="http://gsn.nti.org/gsn/nw_20090820_6796.php">interview</a> with Global Security Newswire Gerald Epstein, a senior fellow with the hawkish Center for Security and International Studies (CSIS) told the publication, &#8220;When one is doing bioresearch and biodefense, one has to be careful to not overstep the treaty itself.&#8221;</p>
<blockquote><p>He cited the U.S biodefense effort Project Bacchus&#8211;an investigation by the Defense Threat Reduction Agency to determine whether it was possible to build a bioweapons production facility using readily available equipment&#8211;as an instance where questions were raised if the treaty had been violated.</p>
<p>The type of biodefense activity that is most likely to raise questions regarding treaty compliance is &#8220;threat assessment,&#8221; the process of determining what type of biological attacks are most likely to occur, he told Global Security Newswire. A dangerous biological agent could inadvertently be developed during such research, Epstein said. (Martin Matishak, &#8220;Biodefense Research Could Violate Weapons Convention, Report Warns,&#8221; Global Security Newswire, August 20, 2009)</p></blockquote>
<p>But Pentagon bioweaponeers did more than build &#8220;a bioweapons productions facility using readily available equipment.&#8221; They built banned weapons. According to Jeanne Guillemin, author of Biological Weapons: From the Invention of State-Sponsored Programs to Contemporary Bioterrorism, the Pentagon and CIA made and tested a model of a Soviet anthrax bomb and created an antibiotic-resistant strain of anthrax.</p>
<p>After consulting with scientists who strongly suggested that the CIA anthrax bomb project would violate the BWC, &#8220;CIA lawyers decided the project was within the allowed realm of defensive research,&#8221; Guillemin revealed. Project Clear Vision, a joint investigation by the CIA and the Battelle Memorial Institute, under contract to the Agency, reconstructed and tested a Soviet-era anthrax bomblet in order to test its dissemination characteristics. The Agency &#8220;decided the same&#8221; for the small, fully functional bioweapons facility built under the rubric of Project Bacchus.</p>
<p>The third initiative, Project Jefferson, led to the development of an antibiotic-resistant strain of anthrax based on a Soviet model. After the outgoing Clinton administration hesitated to give the CIA the go-ahead for the project, the Bush regime&#8217;s National Security Council gave the Pentagon permission. &#8220;They believed&#8221; Guillemin wrote, &#8220;the Pentagon had the right to investigate genetically altered pathogens in the name of biodefense, &#8216;to save American lives&#8217;.&#8221;</p>
<p>Shortly thereafter, the Pentagon authorized the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), one of the most secretive and heavily-outsourced Defense Department branches, to re-create the deadly anthrax strain.</p>
<p>What the scope of these programs are today is currently unknown. We do know however, that based on available evidence the Department of Homeland Security, the Defense Department and the oxymoronic Intelligence Community, using the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) as a cover, continue to investigate the feasibility of transforming nature&#8217;s most deadly pathogens into weapons.</p>
<p>In close coordination, the United States government and their outsourced corporate partners are spending billions of dollars on research and simulation exercises, dubbed &#8220;disaster drills&#8221; by a compliant media, to facilitate this grisly trade.</p>
<p><strong>Secrecy and Deceit</strong></p>
<p>That the official bioterror narrative is a preposterous fiction and swindle as even the FBI was forced to admit during its much-maligned Amerithrax investigation, is hardly worth a second glance by corporate media beholden to the pharmaceutical industry for advertising revenue; call it business as usual here in the heimat.</p>
<p>As we now know, the finely-milled anthrax powder which killed five people and shut down representative government didn&#8217;t come from the Afghan-Arab database of disposable Western intelligence assets known as al Qaeda, but rather from deep within America&#8217;s own Bioweapons-Industrial-Complex, to wit, from the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID) at Ft. Detrick in Maryland. But such troublesome and inconvenient truths are barely worth a mention by &#8220;respectable&#8221; media, e.g. the corporate stenographers who sold two imperialist military adventures to the American people.</p>
<p>Indeed, a credible case can be made that without the anthrax attacks, the fear levels gripping the country in the wake of the 9/11 terrorist events&#8211;and the subsequent clamp-down that followed, from the USA Patriot Act to the indefinite detention and torture of &#8220;terrorism&#8221; suspects, and from warrantless wiretapping to the demonization of dissent&#8211;may very well have been impossible.</p>
<p>It is difficult not to conclude that from the beginning of the affair, there was a clear intent on the part of the anthrax terrorist(s) to draw a straight line between 9/11 and the anthrax mailings. From there, it was but a short step to stitching-up a case for &#8220;regime change&#8221; in Iraq. The media&#8217;s role in this criminal enterprise was indispensable for what <em>Salon</em>&#8217;s Glenn Greenwald has <a href="http://www.salon.com/opinion/greenwald/2008/08/01/anthrax/index.html">called</a>&#8220;the single greatest, unresolved media scandal of this decade.&#8221; As Greenwald points out,</p>
<blockquote><p>During the last week of October, 2001, ABC News, led by Brian Ross, continuously trumpeted the claim as their top news story that government tests conducted on the anthrax&#8211;tests conducted at Ft. Detrick&#8211;revealed that the anthrax sent to [former Senator Tom] Daschle contained the chemical additive known as bentonite. ABC News, including Peter Jennings, repeatedly claimed that the presence of bentonite in the anthrax was compelling evidence that Iraq was responsible for the attacks, since&#8211;as ABC variously claimed&#8211;bentonite &#8220;is a trademark of Iraqi leader Saddam Hussein&#8217;s biological weapons program&#8221; and &#8220;only one country, Iraq, has used bentonite to produce biological weapons.&#8221; (Glenn Greenwald, &#8220;Vital unresolved anthrax questions and ABC News,&#8221; <em>Salon</em>, August 1, 2008)</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Despite ABC News&#8217; claims that their information came from &#8220;four well-placed and separate sources,&#8221; they were fed information that was patently false; as Greenwald avers, &#8220;No tests ever found or even suggested the presence of bentonite. The claim was just concocted from the start. It just never happened.&#8221;</p>
<p>And as we will shortly explore below, the dubious &#8220;Dark Winter&#8221; and &#8220;Atlantic Storm&#8221; bioterror exercises designed by Dr. Tara O&#8217;Toole freely drew from the neocon&#8217;s sinister playbook, right down to the weaponized smallpox supplied to al Qaeda by Saddam.</p>
<p>Whether or not one buys the current permutation of the &#8220;lone nut&#8221; theory, this one alleges that Dr. Bruce Ivins, a vaccine specialist employed by USAMRIID, was the anthrax mailer; the fact is, when all is said and done the attacks, to use a much over-hyped phrase, were an inside job.</p>
<p>And like other &#8220;lone nuts&#8221; who have entered the parapolitical frame at their own peril, Ivins isn&#8217;t around to refute the charges.</p>
<p>The Alliance for Biosecurity: Insiders with a Mission and (Very) Deep Pockets</p>
<p>Before being pegged by the Obama administration to head DHS&#8217;s Science and Technology division where she will oversee the department&#8217;s billion dollar budget, with some 45 percent of it going towards chemical and bioweapons defense, O&#8217;Toole, as previously mentioned, was the CEO and Director of UPMC&#8217;s Center for Biosecurity, a satrapy which describes itself as &#8220;an independent organization dedicated to improving the country&#8217;s resilience to major biological threats.&#8221;</p>
<p>How &#8220;independent&#8221;? You make the call!</p>
<p>According to their <a href="http://www.upmc-biosecurity.org/website/special_topics/alliance_for_biosecurity/">web site</a> The Alliance for Biosecurity is &#8220;a collaboration among the Center for Biosecurity and 13 pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies whose mission is to work in the public interest to improve prevention and treatment of severe infectious diseases&#8211;particularly those diseases that present global security challenges.&#8221;</p>
<p>Alliance partners include the usual suspects: Bavarian Nordic; Center for Biosecurity of UPMC; Cangene Corporation; DOR BioPharma, Inc.; DynPort Vaccine Company LLC, a CSC company; Elusys Therapeutics, Inc.; Emergent BioSolutions; Hematech, Inc., a subsidiary of Kyowa Kirin; Human Genome Sciences, Inc.; NanoViricides, Inc.; Pfizer Inc.; PharmAthene; Siga Technologies, Inc.; Unither Virology LLC, a subsidiary of United Therapeutics Corporation. Rounding out this rogues gallery are associate members, the spooky Battelle Medical Research and Evaluation Facility and the Lovelace Respiratory Research Institute.</p>
<p>Among the chief activities of the Alliance is lobbying Congress for increased funding for the development of new drugs deemed &#8220;countermeasures&#8221; under the <a href="http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=108_cong_public_laws&amp;docid=f:publ276.108.pdf">Project BioShield Act of 2004</a>, previously described by <a href="http://antifascist-calling.blogspot.com/2009/08/obama-administration-revives-bush-era.html"><em>Antifascist Calling</em></a> as a particularly grotesque piece of Bushist legislative flotsam.</p>
<p>The Alliance avers that &#8220;the United States faces unprecedented risks to national security &#8230; by the clear and growing danger of bioterrorism or a destabilizing infectious disease pandemic,&#8221; and that &#8220;our nation&#8217;s vulnerability to biothreats is so severe&#8221; due to the fact that &#8220;most of the vaccines and medicines that will be needed to protect our citizens do not now exist.&#8221; Therefore, countermeasures needed to mitigate nebulous biothreats never spelled out <em>once</em> in the group&#8217;s literature &#8220;will likely require several years and several hundred million dollars each to successfully develop and produce.&#8221; (emphasis added)</p>
<p>An Alliance <a href="http://www.upmc-biosecurity.org/website/special_topics/alliance_for_biosecurity/reports/2008_State_of_Biosecurity.pdf">report</a>, The State of Biosecurity in 2008 and Proposals for a Public/Private Pathway Forward, charts a course for &#8220;improving and accelerating&#8221; efforts to &#8220;develop medical countermeasures (MCMs) for the nation&#8217;s Strategic National Stockpile (SNS).&#8221;</p>
<p>Under the Project Bioshield Act of 2004, Congress authorized $5.6 billion over ten years &#8220;to purchase MCMs for the SNS.&#8221; Funds were allocated for the procurement of the anthrax vaccine as well as for &#8220;therapeutic antibodies for inhalational anthrax, a botulism heptavalent antitoxin, a smallpox vaccine, and several products for radiological and nuclear threats, obligating a total of about $1.9 billion of the $5.6 billion BioShield fund.&#8221;</p>
<p>In 2006 as I noted previously, Congress created the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) within the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). BARDA was authorized to spend some $1.07 billion over three years for MCMs, &#8220;only $201 million has been provided by Congress through FY 2008&#8243; noted the Alliance, &#8220;approximately one-fifth of the authorized level.&#8221;</p>
<p>According to an &#8220;independent economic analysis&#8221; carried out by (who else!) the Alliance&#8217;s academic partner, the Center for Biosecurity, &#8220;it would require $3.4 billion in FY 2009 to support one year of advanced development.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Similarly&#8221; according to the organization, &#8220;the original appropriation of $5.6 billion for Project BioShield is equally insufficient to ensure that once MCMs are developed there will be funds available to procure them and maintain the stockpile.&#8221; Indeed, &#8220;this level of funding would need to be sustained for many years.&#8221; You can bet however, that Alliance lobbyists are busy as proverbial bees in pressuring Congress to fork over the dough!</p>
<p>The report state&#8217;s that Alliance goals necessarily entail instilling &#8220;a sense of urgency &#8230; with Congress&#8221; by hyping the &#8220;bioterror threat.&#8221; But there&#8217;s much more here than a simple cynical exercise at preparing the &#8220;public diplomacy&#8221; ground through academic and industry &#8220;message force multipliers&#8221; that will enable Congress to shower Big Pharma with a veritable tsunami of cash. A &#8220;risk-tolerant culture&#8221; should be promoted within BARDA, one that &#8220;understands the realities, risks, timelines, and costs of drug development.&#8221;</p>
<p>The &#8220;risks&#8221; to whom and for what purpose are not enumerated, but one can be certain that a &#8220;risk-tolerant culture&#8221; crafted by industry insiders will come at the expense of the health and safety of the American people, one that pushes potential legal liability should things head south onto the taxpaying public.</p>
<p>The stealth nature of Alliance recommendations are clearly spelled out when they aver that &#8220;stakeholders&#8221; should &#8220;focus more on the potential biothreats and the corresponding countermeasures, rather than the price tag&#8221; and that BARDA, ostensibly a public agency, should be packed with insiders &#8220;who have drug development and manufacturing experience.&#8221; This will lead to the development of &#8220;a culture that is focused on partnering with industry and academia.&#8221;</p>
<p>But the bottom line as always, is the corporatist bottom line for Alliance shareholders! How else can one interpret their statement that emerging &#8220;biothreats&#8221; are all the more dire today now that &#8220;interest of the public and private capital markets in biodefense has declined over the last 2-3 years.&#8221; What better way then, to beef-up those sagging capital markets than to install an industry-friendly individual at DHS with a documented track record of overplaying the &#8220;bioterror threat.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>Dark Winter</strong></p>
<p>O&#8217;Toole was the principal designer of two &#8220;tabletop&#8221; bioterror preparedness drills, the 2001 Dark Winter exercise and the 2005 Atlantic Storm run-through; both were criticized by scientific experts as fabrications of an alleged threat of a smallpox attack mounted by al Qaeda.</p>
<p>Reviewing Milton Leitenberg&#8217;s 2005 <a href="http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/Pubs/display.cfm?PubID=639">report</a>, Assessing the Biological Weapons and Bioterrorism Threat, published the U.S. Army War College&#8217;s Strategic Studies Institute, protein chemist Dr. Eric Smith <a href="http://www.globalsecurity.org/org/nsn/nsn-060331.htm">wrote</a> the following:</p>
<blockquote><p>Of note is Leitenberg&#8217;s dissection of the process of assessment as practiced through bioterrorism threat scenarios conducted by the US government and private think tanks. Exercises like Dark Winter, which modeled an &#8220;aerosolized&#8221; smallpox attack, Top Off 2 and 3, both on pneumonic plague strikes, and Atlantic Storm, an exercise that purported to show an al Qaida group manufacturing a dry powder smallpox weapon, were rigged. In the cases of Dark Winter and the Top Offs, transmission rates of disease were sexed up beyond historical averages so that &#8220;a disastrous outcome was assured&#8221; no matter any steps taken to contain outbreaks. Eight pages are reserved to pointedly condemn the Atlantic Storm exercise on a host of sins which can generally be described as a bundle of frank lies and misinformation coupled with a claimed terrorist facility for making smallpox into a weapon that even state run biological warfare operations did not possess. And once again, juiced transmission rates of disease were employed to grease theoretical calamity. The reader comes to recognize the deus ex machina&#8211;a concoction or intervention added to dictate an outcome, in these cases very bad ones&#8211;as a regular feature of the exercises. However, the results of the same assessments&#8211;the alleged lessons learned&#8211;have never been reported with much, if any, skepticism in the media. (Eric Smith, &#8220;A Vaccine for the Hype: Milton Leitenberg&#8217;s new &#8216;Assessing the Biological Weapons and Bioterrorism Threat,&#8221; <em>Global Security</em>, National Security Notes, March 31, 2006)</p>
</blockquote>
<p>In criticizing &#8220;the fancy that such attacks are easy and one of the most catastrophic threats faced by the American people,&#8221; Smith denounces the alarmist scenarios of Dark Winter and Atlantic Storm&#8217;s designers&#8211;people like Dr. Tara O&#8217;Toole and the coterie of industry insiders and other well-paid &#8220;experts&#8221;&#8211;as guilty of perpetrating a massive &#8220;fraud &#8230; and a substantial one&#8221; on the American people.</p>
<p>While one of Atlantic Storm&#8217;s architects proclaimed &#8220;this is not science fiction&#8221; and that &#8220;the age of Bioterror is now&#8230;&#8221; Leitenberg and Smith denounce O&#8217;Toole&#8217;s spurious claims as &#8220;not the least bit plausible.&#8221;</p>
<p>Leitenberg wrote that &#8220;well before October-November 2001, the spectre of &#8216;bioterrorism&#8217; benefitted from an extremely successful sales campaign.&#8221; Indeed, hyped-up scenarios such as Dark Winter and Atlantic Storm that place &#8220;weapons of mass destruction&#8221; in the hands of shadowy, intelligence-linked terror outfits like al Qaeda provided &#8220;inflated predictions that &#8230; were certainly not realistic. Much worse, in addition to being wrong, inflated predictions were counterproductive. They induced interest in BW in the wrong audiences.&#8221;</p>
<p>But the implausible nature of the scenarios deployed in national exercises hardly prohibited the Bioweapons-Industrial-Complex from concocting scarecrow-like straw men designed to sow terror amongst the American people while extracting regular infusions of cash from Congress.</p>
<p>Among the eight exercises analyzed by Leitenberg between 1998-2005, he found that each and every one were fraudulently designed and the threat of bioterrorism had been framed as a rationalization for &#8220;political action, the expenditure of public funds for bioterrorism prevention and response programs,&#8221; that could &#8220;not occur without it.&#8221; This is &#8220;not benign,&#8221; Leitenberg concludes.</p>
<p>A second consequence of sexed-up &#8220;bioterror&#8221; drills have even more ominous implications for the immediate future. Because of national security state perceptions that mitigation of catastrophic bioterrorism is of supreme importance for national survival&#8211;perceptions reinforced by academic, corporate and militarist peddlers of crisis&#8211;&#8221;the US biodefense research program appears to be drifting into violation&#8221; of the Biological Weapons Convention. This is a menacing development and has happened, I would argue precisely because the evaluation process which justifies research into biological weapons threat capabilities and scenarios, are repackaged to conceal the offensive thrust of this research as wholly defensive in nature, which it certainly is not.</p>
<p>How else would one explain ongoing research funded by the National Institutes of Health to study botulism toxin, &#8220;with the added qualification&#8221; Smith points out, that because the protein toxin is &#8220;unstable, therefore there will be collaboration with other researchers to stabilize it.&#8221; The NIH grant &#8220;means preparing a much more effective botulinum toxin than had been available before.&#8221;</p>
<p>Smith goes on to cite &#8220;another problematical breakout&#8221; offered by two scientists to study the &#8220;aerobiological&#8221; characteristics of the lethal Marburg and Ebola viruses. How this is &#8220;defensive&#8221; in nature, in keeping with research restrictions under the Biological Weapons Convention, is another instance of a backdoor move to kick-start illicit bioweapons development.</p>
<p>According to Smith, the study &#8220;looks to define how the organisms can be aerosolized, an instance of research into examining vulnerability in the complete absence of a verified threat.&#8221; But I would argue that showering taxpayers dollars into such dark and troubling research tributaries deploy hyped-up threats as cover for the development of illegal weapons.</p>
<p>When her nomination was announced in May, Rutgers University and homeland security critic Richard Ebright told <a href="http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2009/05/dhs-new-geek-in-chief-is-a-biodefense-disaster-critics-say/"><em>Wired</em></a>,</p>
<blockquote><p>
&#8220;This is a disastrous nomination. O&#8217;Toole supported every flawed decision and counterproductive policy on biodefense, biosafety, and biosecurity during the Bush Administration. O&#8217;Toole is as out of touch with reality, and as paranoiac, as former Vice President Cheney. It would be hard to think of a person less well suited for the position.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;She was the single most extreme person, either in or out of government, advocating for a massive biodefense expansion and relaxation of provisions for safety and security,&#8221; he adds. &#8220;She makes Dr. Strangelove look sane.&#8221; (Noah Shachtman, &#8220;DHS&#8217; New Geek Chief is a Bioterror &#8216;Disaster,&#8217; Critics Charge,&#8221; <em>Wired</em>, May 6, 2009)</p>
</blockquote>
<p>And Dr. Smith told <em>Wired </em>that exercises designed by O&#8217;Toole and her colleagues show her to be &#8220;the top academic/salesperson for the coming of apocalyptic bioterrorism which has never quite arrived.&#8221;</p>
<p>As noted above, &#8220;[She's] most prominent for always lobbying for more money for biodefense, conducting tabletop exercises on bioterrorism for easily overawed public officials, exercises tweaked to be horrifying,&#8221; Smith told <em>Wired</em>.</p>
<p>But Smith goes even further and denounces O&#8217;Toole as an industry shill who &#8220;has never obviously appeared to examine what current terrorist capabilities have been&#8230; in favor of extrapolating how easy it would be to launch bioterror attacks if one had potentially unlimited resources and scientific know-how.&#8221; It&#8217;s a &#8220;superb appointment if you&#8217;re in the biodefense industry and interested in further opportunity and growth.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Alternatively&#8221; Smith avers, O&#8217;Toole&#8217;s appointment is &#8220;a disaster if threat assessment and prevention&#8221; has &#8220;some basis in reality.&#8221;</p>
<p>Not that any of this matters in Washington. The Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee led by &#8220;independent Democrat&#8221; and arch neocon Sen. Joseph Lieberman, voted to send her nomination to the full Senate July 29.</p>
<p>Never mind that the deadly weaponized pathogen employed in the attacks didn&#8217;t originate in some desolate Afghan cave or secret underground bunker controlled by Saddam.</p>
<p>And never mind that the principal cheerleaders for expanding state-funded programs are Pentagon bioweaponeers, private corporations and a shadowy nexus of biosecurity apparatchiks who stand to make a bundle under current and future federal initiatives.</p>
<p>Leading the charge for increased funding is the Alliance for Biosecurity, a collaborative venture between the Center for Biosecurity of the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center (<a href="http://www.upmc-biosecurity.org/">UPMC</a>) and Big Pharma.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/a-dark-winter-for-public-health-meet-homeland-securitys-new-bioterror-czarina/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The US War against Iraq</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/the-us-war-against-iraq/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/the-us-war-against-iraq/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 21 Aug 2009 16:30:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>James Petras</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iran]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel/Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Middle East]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Lobby]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[War Crimes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zionism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9994</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The US seven-year war and occupation of Iraq is driven by several major political forces and informed by a variety of imperial interests.  However these interests do not in themselves explain the depth and scope of the sustained, massive and continuing destruction of an entire society and its reduction to a permanent state of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The US seven-year war and occupation of Iraq is driven by several major political forces and informed by a variety of imperial interests.  However these interests do not in themselves explain the depth and scope of the sustained, massive and continuing destruction of an entire society and its reduction to a permanent state of war.  The range of political forces contributing to the making of the war and the subsequent US occupation include the following (in order of importance).</p>
<p>The most important political force was also the least openly discussed.  The Zionist Power Configuration (ZPC), which includes the prominent role of long-time, hard-line unconditional Jewish supporters of the State of Israel appointed to top positions in the Bush Pentagon (Douglas Feith and Paul Wolfowitz ), key operative in the Office of the Vice President (Irving (Scooter) Libby), the Treasury Department (Stuart Levey), the National Security Council (Elliot Abrams) and a phalanx of consultants, Presidential speechwriters (David Frum), secondary officials and policy advisers to the State Department.  These committed Zionists ‘insiders’ were buttressed by thousands of full-time Israel-First functionaries in the 51 major American Jewish organizations, which form the President of the Major American Jewish Organizations (PMAJO).  They openly stated that their top priority was to advance Israel’s agenda, which, in this case, was a US war against Iraq to overthrow Saddam Hussein, occupy the country, physically divide Iraq, destroy its military and industrial capability and impose a pro-Israel/pro-US puppet regime. If Iraq were ethnically cleansed and divided, as advocated by the ultra-right, Israeli Prime Minister Benyamin Netanyahu and the ‘Liberal’ President Emeritus of the Council on Foreign Relations and militarist-Zionist, Leslie Gelb, there would be more than several ‘client regimes’.</p>
<p>Top Zionist policymakers who promoted the war did not initially directly pursue the policy of systematically destroying what, in effect, was the entire Iraqi civilization.  But their support and design of an occupation policy included the total dismemberment of the Iraqi state apparatus and recruitment of Israeli advisers to provide their ‘expertise’ in interrogation techniques, repression of civilian resistance and counter-insurgency.  Israeli expertise certainly played a role in fomenting the intra-Iraqi religious and ethnic strife, which Israel had mastered in Palestine.  The Israeli ‘model’ of colonial war and occupation – the invasion of Lebanon in 1982 – and the practice of ‘total destruction’ using sectarian, ethno-religious division was evident in the notorious massacres at the Sabra and Shatila refugee camps in Beirut, which took place under Israeli military supervision.</p>
<p>The second powerful political force behind the Iraq War were civilian militarists (like Donald Rumsfeld and Vice President Cheney) who sought to extend US imperial reach in the Persian Gulf and strengthen its geo-political position by eliminating a strong, secular, nationalist backer of Arab anti-imperialist insurgency in the Middle East.  The civilian militarists sought to extend the American military base encirclement of Russia and secure control over Iraqi oil reserves as a pressure point against China.  The civilian militarists were less moved by Vice President Cheney’s past ties with the oil industry and more interested in his role as CEO of Halliburton’s giant military base contractor subsidiary Kellogg-Brown and Root, which was consolidating the US Empire through worldwide military base expansion.  Major US oil companies, who feared losing out to European and Asian competitors, were already eager to deal with Saddam Hussein, and some of the Bush’s supporters in the oil industry had already engaged in illegal trading with the embargoed Iraqi regime.  The oil industry was not inclined to promote regional instability with a war.</p>
<p>The militarist strategy of conquest and occupation was designed to establish a long-term colonial military presence in the form of strategic military bases with a significant and sustained contingent of colonial military advisors and combat units.  The brutal colonial occupation of an independent secular state with a strong nationalist history and an advanced infrastructure with a sophisticated military and police apparatus, extensive public services and wide-spread literacy naturally led to the growth of a wide array of militant and armed anti-occupation movements.  In response, US colonial officials, the CIA and the Defense Intelligence Agencies devised a ‘divide and rule’ strategy (the so-called ‘El Salvador solution’ associated with the former ‘hot-spot’ Ambassador and US Director of National Intelligence, John Negroponte) fomenting armed sectarian-based conflicts and promoting inter-religious assassinations to debilitate any effort at a united nationalist anti-imperialist movement.  The dismantling of the secular civilian bureaucracy and military was designed by the Zionists in the Bush Administration to enhance Israel’s power in the region and to encourage the rise of militant Islamic groups, which had been repressed by the deposed Baathist regime of Saddam Hussein.  Israel had mastered this strategy earlier: It originally sponsored and financed sectarian Islamic militant groups, like Hamas, as an alternative to the secular Palestine Liberation Organization and set the stage for sectarian fighting among the Palestinians.</p>
<p>The result of US colonial policies were to fund and multiply a wide range of internal conflicts as mullahs, tribal leaders, political gangsters, warlords, expatriates and death squads proliferated.  The ‘war of all against all’ served the interests of the US occupation forces.  Iraq became a pool of armed, unemployed young men, from which to recruit a new mercenary army.  The ‘civil war’ and ‘ethnic conflict’ provided a pretext for the US and its Iraqi puppets to discharge hundreds of thousands of soldiers, police and functionaries from the previous regime (especially if they were from Sunni, mixed or secular families) and to undermine the basis for civilian employment.  Under the cover of generalized ‘war against terror’, US Special Forces and CIA-directed death squads spread terror within Iraqi civil society, targeting anyone suspected of criticizing the puppet government – especially among the educated and professional classes, precisely the Iraqis most capable of re-constructing an independent secular republic.  </p>
<p>The Iraq war was driven by an influential group of neo-conservative and neo-liberal ideologues with strong ties to Israel.  They viewed the success of the Iraq war (by success they meant the total dismemberment of the country) as the first ‘domino’ in a series of war to ‘re-colonize’ the Middle East (in their words: “to re-draw the map”).  They disguised their imperial ideology with a thin veneer of rhetoric about ‘promoting democracies’ in the Middle East (excluding, of course, the un-democratic policies of their ‘homeland’ Israel over its subjugated Palestinians).  Conflating Israeli regional hegemonic ambitions with the US imperial interests, the neo-conservatives and their neo-liberal fellow travelers in the Democratic Party first backed President Bush and later President Obama in their escalation of the wars against Afghanistan and Pakistan.  They unanimously supported Israel’s savage bombing campaign against Lebanon, the land and air assault and massacre of thousands of civilians trapped in Gaza, the bombing of Syrian facilities and the big push (from Israel) for a pre-emptive, full-scale military attack against Iran. </p>
<p>The US advocates of sequential and multiple simultaneous wars in the Middle East and South Asia believed that they could only unleash the full strength of their mass destructive power after they had secured total control of their first victim, Iraq.  They were confident that Iraqi resistance would collapse rapidly after 13 years of brutal starvation sanctions imposed on the republic by the US and United Nations.  In order to consolidate imperial control, American policy-makers decided to permanently silence all independent Iraqi civilian dissidents.  They turned to the financing of Shia clerics and Sunni tribal assassins, and contracting scores of thousands of private mercenaries among the Kurdish Peshmerga warlords to carry out selective assassinations of leaders of civil society movements.</p>
<p>The US created and trained a 200,000 member Iraqi colonial puppet army composed almost entirely of Shia gunmen, and excluded experienced Iraqi military men from secular, Sunni or Christian backgrounds.  A little known result of this build up of American trained and financed death squads and its puppet ‘Iraqi’ army, was the virtual destruction of the ancient Iraqi Christian population, which was displaced, its churches bombed and its leaders, bishops and intellectuals, academics and scientists assassinated or driven into exile.  The US and its Israeli advisers were well aware that Iraqi Christians had played a key role the historic development of the secular, nationalist, anti-British/anti-monarchist movements and their elimination as an influential force during the first years of US occupation was no accident.    The result of the US policies were to eliminate most secular democratic anti-imperialist leaders and movements and to present their murderous net-work of ‘ethno-religious’ collaborators as their uncontested ‘partners’ in sustaining the long-term US colonial presence in Iraq.  With their puppets in power, Iraq would serve as a launching platform for its strategic pursuit of the other ‘dominoes’ (Syria, Iran, Central Asian Republics…).</p>
<p>The sustained bloody purge of Iraq under US occupation resulted in the killing 1.3 million Iraqi civilians during the first 7 years after Bush invaded in March 2003. Up to mid-2009, the invasion and occupation of Iraq has officially cost the American treasury over $666 billion.  This enormous expenditure attests to its centrality in the larger US imperial strategy for the entire Middle East/South and Central Asia region.  Washington’s policy of politicizing and militarizing ethno-religious differences, arming and encouraging rival tribal, religious and ethnic leaders to engage in mutual bloodletting served to destroy national unity and resistance.  The ‘divide and rule’ tactics and reliance on retrograde social and religious organizations is the commonest and best-known practice in pursuing the conquest and subjugation of a unified, advanced nationalist state.  Breaking up the national state, destroying nationalist consciousness and encouraging primitive ethno-religious, feudal and regional loyalties required the systematic destruction of the principal purveyors of nationalist consciousness, historical memory and secular, scientific thought.  Provoking ethno-religious hatreds destroyed intermarriages, mixed communities and institutions with their long-standing personal friendships and professional ties among diverse backgrounds.  The physical elimination of academics, writers, teachers, intellectuals, scientists and professionals, especially physicians, engineers, lawyers, jurists and journalists was decisive in imposing ethno-religious rule under a colonial occupation.  To establish long-term dominance and sustain ethno-religious client rulers, the entire pre-existing cultural edifice, which had sustained an independent secular nationalist state, was physically destroyed by the US and its Iraqi puppets.  This included destroying the libraries, census bureaus, and repositories of all property and court records, health departments, laboratories, schools, cultural centers, medical facilities and above all the entire scientific-literary-humanistic social scientific class of professionals.  Hundreds of thousands of Iraqi professionals and family members were driven by terror into internal and external exile.  All funding for national, secular, scientific and educational institutions were cut off.  Death squads engaged in the systematic murder of thousands of academics and professionals suspected of the least dissent, the least nationalist sentiment; anyone with the least capacity to re-construct the republic was marked.  </p>
<p><strong>The Destruction of a Modern Arab Civilization</strong></p>
<p>Independent, secular Iraq had the most advanced scientific-cultural order in the Arab world, despite the repressive nature of Saddam Hussein’s police state.  There was a system of national health care, universal public education and generous welfare services, combined with unprecedented levels of gender equality.  This marked the advanced nature of Iraqi civilization in the late 20th century.  Separation of church and state and strict protection of religious minorities (Christians, Assyrians and others) contrasts sharply with what has resulted from the US occupation and its destruction of the Iraqi civil and governmental structures.  The harsh dictatorial rule of Saddam Hussein thus presided over a highly developed modern civilization in which advanced scientific work went hand in hand with a strong nationalist and anti-imperialist identity.  This resulted especially in the Iraqi people and regime’s expressions of solidarity for the plight of the Palestinian people under Israeli rule and occupation.  </p>
<p>A mere ‘regime change’ could not extirpate this deeply embedded and advanced secular republican culture in Iraq.  The US war planners and their Israeli advisers were well aware that colonial occupation would increase Iraqi nationalist consciousness unless the secular nation was destroyed and hence, the imperial imperative to uproot and destroy the carriers of nationalist consciousness by physically eliminating the educated, the talented, the scientific, indeed the most secular elements of Iraqi society.  Retrogression became the principal instrument for the US to impose its colonial puppets, with their primitive, ‘pre-national’ loyalties, in power in a culturally purged Baghdad stripped of its most sophisticated and nationalistic social strata.</p>
<p>According to the Al-Ahram Studies Center in Cairo, more that 310 Iraqi scientists were eliminated during the first 18 months of the US occupation – a figure that the Iraqi education ministry did not dispute.</p>
<p>Another report listed the killings of more than 340 intellectuals and scientists between 2005 and 2007.  Bombings of institutes of higher education had pushed enrollment down to 30% of the pre-invasion figures.  In one bombing in January 2007, at Baghdad’s Mustansiriya University 70 students were killed with hundreds wounded.  These figures compelled the UNESCO to warn that Iraq’s university system was on the brink of collapse.  The numbers of prominent Iraqi scientists and professionals who have fled the country have approached 20,000.  Of the 6,700 Iraqi university professors who fled since 2003, the <em>Los Angeles Times</em> reported than only 150 had returned by October 2008.  Despite the US claims of improved security, the situation in 2008 saw numerous assassinations, including the only practicing neurosurgeon in Iraq’s second largest city of Basra, whose body was dumped on the city streets.</p>
<p>The raw data on the Iraqi academics, scientists and professionals assassinated by the US and allied occupation forces and the militias and shadowy forces they control is drawn from a list published by the <em><a href="http://www.daily.pk">Pakistan Daily News</a></em> on November 26, 2008.  This list makes for very uncomfortable reading into the reality of systematic elimination of intellectuals in Iraq under the meat-grinder of US occupation.</p>
<p><strong>Assassinations</strong></p>
<p>The physical elimination of an individual by assassination is an extreme form of terrorism, which has far-reaching effects rippling throughout the community from which the individual comes – in this case the world of Iraqi intellectuals, academics, professionals and creative leaders in the arts and sciences.  For each Iraqi intellectual murdered, thousands of educated Iraqis fled the country or abandoned their work for safer, less vulnerable activity.  </p>
<p>Baghdad was considered the ‘Paris’ of the Arab world, in terms of culture and art, science and education.  In the 1970’s and 80’s, its universities were the envy of the Arab world.  The US ‘shock and awe’ campaign that rained down on Baghdad evoked emotions akin to an aerial bombardment of the Louvre, the Sorbonne and the greatest libraries of Europe.  Baghdad University was one of the most prestigious and productive universities in the Arab world.  Many of its academics possessed doctoral degrees and engaged in post-doctoral studies abroad at prestigious institutions.  It taught and graduated many of the top professionals and scientists in the Middle East.  Even under the deadly grip of the US/UN-imposed economic sanctions that starved Iraq during the 13 years before the March 2003 invasion, thousands of graduate students and young professionals came to Iraq for post-graduate training. Young physicians from throughout the Arab world received advanced medical training in its institutions.  Many of its academics presented scientific papers at major international conferences and published in prestigious journals.  Most important, Baghdad University trained and maintained a highly respected scientific secular culture free of sectarian discrimination – with academics from all ethnic and religious backgrounds.</p>
<p>This world has been forever shattered:  Under US occupation, up to November 2008, eighty-three academics and researchers teaching at Baghdad University had been murdered and several thousand of their colleagues, students and family members were forced to flee.</p>
<p><strong>The Selection of Assassinated Academics by Discipline</strong></p>
<p>	The November 2008 article published by the <em>Pakistan Daily News</em> lists the names of a total of 154 top Baghdad-based academics, renowned in their fields, who were murdered.  Altogether, a total of 281 well-known intellectuals teaching at the top universities in Iraq fell victim to the ‘death squads’ under US occupation.  </p>
<p>Prior to the US occupation, Baghdad University possessed the premier research and teaching medical faculty in the entire Middle East attracting hundreds of young doctors for advanced training.  That program has been devastated during the rise of the US-death squad regime, with few prospects of recovery.  Of those murdered, 25% (21) were the most senior professors and lecturers in the medical faculty of Baghdad University, the highest percentage of any faculty.  The second highest percentage of butchered faculty were the professors and researchers from Baghdad University’s renowned engineering faculty (12), followed by the top academics in the humanities (10), physical and social sciences (8 senior academics each), education (5).  The remaining top academics murdered at Baghdad University spread out among the agronomy, business, physical education, communications and religious studies faculties.  </p>
<p>At three other Baghdad universities, 53 senior academics were slaughtered, including 10 in the social sciences, 7 in the faculty of law, 6 each in medicine and the humanities, 9 in the physical sciences and 5 in engineering.  Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld’s August 20, 2002 pre-invasion joke, “…one has to assume they (scientists) have not been playing ‘tiddlywinks’(a child’s game)” justifying the bloody purge of Iraq’s scientists in physics and chemistry.  An ominous signal of the academic bloodletting that followed the invasion.  </p>
<p>Similar bloody purges of academics occurred in all the provincial universities:  127 senior academics and scientists were assassinated at the various well-regarded universities in Mosul, Kirkuk, Basra and elsewhere.  The provincial universities with the highest number of murdered senior faculty members were in cities where the US and British military and their Kurdish mercenary allies were most active:  Basra (35), Mosul (35), Diyala (15) and Al-Anbar (11).  </p>
<p>The Iraqi military and allied death squads carried out most of the killing of academics in the cities under US or ‘allied’ control.  The systematic murder of academics was a nation-wide, cross-disciplinary drive to destroy the cultural and educational foundations of a modern Arab civilization.   The death squads carrying out most of these assassinations were primitive, pre-modern, ethno-religious groups ‘set loose’ or instrumentalized by US military strategists to wipe out any politically conscious intellectuals and nationalist scientists who might pursue an agenda for re-building a modern, secular society and independent, unified republic.  </p>
<p>In its panic to prevent the US invasion, the Iraqi National Monitoring Directorate provided a list, which identified over 500 key Iraqi scientists to the UN on December 7, 2002.  There is little doubt that this list became a core element in the US military’s hit list for eliminating Iraq’s scientific elite.  In his notorious pre-invasion speech to the United Nations, Secretary of State Colin Powell cited a list of over 3,500 Iraqi scientists and technicians who would have to be ‘contained’ to prevent their expertise from being used by other countries.  The US had even created a ‘budget’ of hundreds of millions of dollars, drawn from the Iraqi ‘Oil for Food’ money held by the United Nations to set up ‘civilian re-education’ programs to re-train Iraqi scientists and engineers.  These highly touted programs were never seriously implemented.  Cheaper ways of containing what one American policy expert termed Iraq’s ‘excess scientists, engineers and technicians’ in a Carnegie Endowment Paper (RANSAC Policy Update April 2004) became clear.  The US had decided to adopt and expand the Israeli Mossad’s covert operation of assassinating selected key Iraqi scientists on an industrial scale.<br />
<strong><br />
The US ‘Surge’ and ‘Peak Assassination’ Campaigns: 2006-2007</strong></p>
<p>	The high tide of terror against academics coincides with the renewal of the US military offensive in Baghdad and in the provinces.  Of the total number of assassinations of Baghdad-based academics for which a date is recorded (110 known intellectuals slaughtered), almost 80% (87) occurred in 2006 and 2007.  A similar pattern is found in the provinces with 77% of a total of 84 scholars murdered outside of capital during the same period.  The pattern is clear: the murder rate of academics grows as the occupying US forces organize a mercenary Iraqi military and police force and provide money for the training and recruitment of rival Shia and Sunni tribesmen and militia as a means of decreasing American casualties and of purging potential dissident critics of the occupation.  </p>
<p>The terror campaign against academics intensified in mid-2005 and reached its peak in 2006-2007, leading to the mass flight of tens of thousands of Iraqi scholars, scientists, professionals and their families overseas.  Entire university medical school faculties have become refugees in Syria and elsewhere.  Those who could not afford to abandon elderly parents or relatives and remained in Iraq have taken extraordinary measures to hide their identities.  Some have chosen to collaborate with the US occupation forces or the puppet regime in the hope of being protected or allowed to immigrate with their families to the US or Europe, although the Europeans, especially the British are disinclined to accept Iraqi scholars.  After 2008, there has been a sharp decline in the murder of academics – with only 4 assassinated that year.  This reflects the massive flight of Iraqi intellectuals living abroad or in hiding rather than any change of policy on the part of the US and its mercenary puppets.  As a result, Iraq’s research facilities have been decimated.  The lives of those remaining support staff, including technicians, librarians and students have been devastated with few prospects for future employment.  </p>
<p>	The US war and occupation of Iraq, as Presidents Bush and Obama have declared, is a ‘success’ – an independent nation of 23 million citizens has been occupied by force, a puppet regime is ensconced, colonial mercenary troops obey American officers and the oil fields have been put up for sale.  All of Iraq’s nationalist laws protecting its patrimony, its cultural treasures and national resources, have been annulled.  The occupiers have imposed a ‘constitution’ favoring the US Empire.  Israel and its Zionist flunkies in the Administrations of both Bush and Obama celebrate the demise of a modern adversary… and the conversion of Iraq into a cultural-political desert.  In line with an alleged agreement made by the US State Department and Pentagon officials to influential collectors from the American Council for Cultural Policy in January 2003, the looted treasures of ancient Mesopotamia have ‘found’ their way into the collections of the elite in London, New York and elsewhere.  The collectors can now anticipate the pillage of Iran.</p>
<p><strong>Warning to Iran</strong></p>
<p>	The US invasion, occupation and destruction of a modern, scientific-cultural civilization, such as existed in Iraq, is a prelude of what the people of Iran can expect if and when a US-Israeli military attack occurs.  The imperial threat to the cultural-scientific foundations of the Iranian nation has been totally absent from the narrative among the affluent Iranian student protesters and their US-funded NGO’s during their post-election ‘Lipstick Revolution’ protests.  They should bear in mind that in 2004 educated, sophisticated Iraqis in Baghdad consoled themselves with a fatally misplaced optimism that ‘at least we are not like Afghanistan’.  The same elite are now in squalid refugee camps in Syria and Jordan and their country more closely resembles Afghanistan than anywhere else in the Middle East.  The chilling promise of President Bush in April 2003 to transform Iraq in the image of ‘our newly liberated Afghanistan’ has been fulfilled.  And reports that the US Administration advisers had reviewed the Israeli Mossad policy of selective assassination of Iranian scientists should cause the pro-Western liberal intellectuals of Tehran to seriously ponder the lesson of the murderous campaign that has virtually eliminated Iraqi scientists and academics during 2006-2007.</p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>What does the United States (and Britain and Israel) gain from establishing a retrograde client regime, based on medieval ethno-clerical socio-political structures in Iraq?  First and foremost, Iraq has become an outpost for empire.  Secondly, it is a weak and backward regime incapable of challenging Israeli economic and military dominance in the region and unwilling to question the ongoing ethnic cleansing of the native Palestinian Arabs from Jerusalem, the West Bank and Gaza.  Thirdly, the destruction of the scientific, academic, cultural and legal foundations of an independent state means increasing reliance on the Western (and Chinese) multinational corporations and their technical infrastructure – facilitating imperial economic penetration and exploitation.</p>
<p>In the mid 19th Century, after the revolutions of 1848, the conservative French sociologist Emil Durkheim recognized that the European bourgeoisie was confronted with rising class conflict and an increasing anti-capitalist working class.  Durkheim noted that, whatever its philosophical misgivings about religion and clericalism, the bourgeoisie would have to use the myths of traditional religion to ‘create’ social cohesion and undercut class polarization.  He called on the educated and sophisticated Parisian capitalist class to forgo its rejection of obscurantist religious dogma in favor of instrumentalizing religion as a tool to maintain its political dominance.  In the same way, US strategists, including the Pentagon-Zionists, have instrumentalized the tribal-mullah, ethno-religious forces to destroy the secular national political leadership and advanced culture of Iraq in order to consolidate imperial rule – even if this strategy called for the killing off of the scientific and professional classes.  Contemporary US imperial rule is based on supporting the socially and politically most backward sectors of society and applying the most advanced technology of warfare.</p>
<p>Israeli advisers have played a major role in instructing US occupation forces in Iraq on the practices of urban counter-insurgency and repression of civilians, drawing on their 60 years of experience.  The infamous massacre of hundreds of Palestinian families at Deir Yasin in 1948 was emblematic of Zionist elimination of hundreds of productive farming villages, which had been settled for centuries by a native people with their endogenous civilization and cultural ties to the soil, in order to impose a new colonial order.  The policy of the total deracination of the Palestinians is central to Israel’s advise to the US policymakers in Iraq.  Their message has been carried out by their Zionist acolytes in the Bush and Obama Administrations, ordering the dismemberment of the entire modern Iraqi civil and state bureaucracy and using pre-modern tribal death squads made up of Kurds and Shia extremists to purge the modern universities and research institutions of that shattered nation.</p>
<p>The US imperial conquest of Iraq is built on the destruction of a modern secular republic.  The cultural desert that remains (a Biblical ‘howling wilderness’ soaked in the blood of Iraq’s precious scholars) is controlled by mega-swindlers, mercenary thugs posing as ‘Iraqi officers’, tribal and ethnic cultural illiterates and medieval religious figures.  They operate under the guidance and direction of West Point graduates holding ‘blue-prints for empire’, formulated by graduates of Princeton, Harvard, Johns Hopkins, Yale and Chicago, eager to serve the interests of American and European multi-national corporations.    </p>
<p>This is called ‘combined and uneven development’:  The marriage of fundamentalist mullahs with Ivy League Zionists at the service of the US. </p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/the-us-war-against-iraq/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>209</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hillary Clinton’s Business Trip to India</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/9711/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/9711/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2009 16:01:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Kamalakar Duvvuru</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Blowback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[China/Tibet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Corporate Globalization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nuclear Proliferation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Poverty]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9711</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[India’s booming economy and vast new market made Hillary Clinton, not surprisingly, to stop first in India’s commercial capital Mumbai during her three day tour of India in July 2009. In an op-ed in The Times of India, Clinton laid out clearly US’ interests in India. First was “the 300 million members of India&#8217;s burgeoning [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>India’s booming economy and vast new market made Hillary Clinton, not surprisingly, to stop first in India’s commercial capital Mumbai during her three day tour of India in July 2009. In an op-ed in <em>The Times of India</em>, Clinton laid out clearly US’ interests in India. First was “the 300 million members of India&#8217;s burgeoning middle class” whom she identified as “a vast new market and opportunity.”<sup>1</sup>  The focus on India as fundamentally a market for the US business indicates the purpose of Hillary’s visit to India.</p>
<p>In Mumbai, Hillary Clinton first had a meeting with a selective group of Indian business executives. Later she stayed at Taj Mahal Palace &#038; Tower, one of the two hotels that had been attacked by terrorists in November 2008. At a news conference she subtly brought India’s 11/26 and US’ 9/11 together: “Just as India supported America on 9/11, these events are seared in our memory….”<sup>2</sup>  The reason for this, probably, was to direct Indian public’s attention to the common perpetrator: Islamic extremism. In her op-ed in <em>The Times of India</em>, Clinton clearly made her point. She mentioned about security: “Our countries have experienced searing terrorist attacks. We both seek a more secure world for our citizens,” and therefore, “We should intensify our defense and law enforcement cooperation to that end.” In the same breath she identified the common enemy as the extremism that Pakistan is confronting.<sup>1</sup> </p>
<p>The two events – Clinton’s meeting with Indian business executives and her stay at Taj hotel – are steeped in a powerful, but unfortunate, symbolism, as 11/26 is linked with 9/11.</p>
<p><strong>US’ 9/11 and Weapons’ Trade</strong></p>
<p>On September 11, 2001 there was a significant shift in security trend. For the first time since the British burned down Washington in 1814, US experienced death and destruction on its land through an enemy attack.<sup>3</sup>  Till then death and destruction have always been suffered on foreign lands. George W. Bush, then President of the US, in his State of the Union address on January 28, 2003 recognized this: “In two years, America has gone from a sense of invulnerability to an awareness of peril.” This challenge to its hegemony and attack on its land, instead of leading to introspection of its foreign policy and actions on foreign lands, resulted in the US’ “war on terror.” US failed to acknowledge that the terrorist attack on its land was a blowback. In an interview on the Mike Malloy radio show, former FBI translator Sibel Edmonds said that the US maintained “intimate relations” with Osama Bin Laden and Taliban “all the way until that day of September 11.”<sup>4</sup>  The goals of American “statesmen” using these “intimate relations” with al-Qaida included control of Central Asia’s vast energy supplies and new markets for US military-industrial complex.<sup>4</sup> </p>
<p>Recently in a very rare acknowledgement by Hillary Clinton, she confessed that the US’ present enemy in Afghanistan and Pakistan was once its friend. To a question of the Congressman Adam Shciff in a Subcommittee of the House of Appropriations Committee on April 23, 2009, Clinton explained how the militancy was linked to the US-backed proxy war against the Soviets in Afghanistan:</p>
<blockquote><p>Let’s remember here…the people we are fighting today we funded them twenty years ago…and we did it because we were locked in a struggle with the Soviet Union. They invaded Afghanistan…and we did not want to see them control Central Asia and we went to work…and it was President Reagan in partnership with Congress led by Democrats who said you know what it sounds like a pretty good idea…let’s deal with the ISI and the Pakistan military and let’s go recruit these mujahedeen…let them come from Saudi Arabia and other countries, importing their Wahabi brand of Islam so that we can go beat the Soviet Union…they (the Soviets) retreated…they lost billions of dollars and it led to the collapse of the Soviet Union. So there is a very strong argument which is…it wasn’t a bad investment in terms of Soviet Union but let’s be careful with what we sow…because we will harvest.<sup>5</sup> </p></blockquote>
<p>Therefore, the early foundations of al-Qaida were built, mainly, on relationships and weaponry that came from the billions of dollars in US support for the Afghan mujahedeen during the war to expel Soviet forces from that country. The US has long relied on weapons supplies and sales to prop up allies or enhance collective defense arrangements. According to the report titled “Conventional Arms Transfers to Developing Nations,”: “For decades, during the height of the Cold War, providing conventional weapons to friendly states was an instrument of foreign policy utilized by the United States and its allies.”<sup>6</sup> </p>
<p>The US Cold War foreign policy of supplying weapons to maintain strategic relationship continued even after 9/11. In fact, the US’ response to the terror attacks was that it was more willing than ever to sell or supply high technology weapons to countries that have pledged assistance in the global war on terror, regardless of their past behavior or current status. Under the guise of the global war on terror, George W. Bush fast-tracked weapon sales, released countries from arms embargoes, and pumped more money into foreign military aid. US sanctions were lifted on Armenia, Azerbaijan, India, Pakistan, Tajikistan, and Yugoslavia. These countries have been identified as key allies in the global war on terror.<sup>7</sup> </p>
<p><strong>US-India Relationship</strong></p>
<p>After initial confidence building measures, on January 12, 2004 US and India signed an agreement called the “Next Steps in Strategic Partnership” (NSSP) with the aim of implementing a shared vision to expand cooperation, deepening the ties of commerce and friendship between the two nations, and increasing stability in Asia and beyond. This “strategic partnership” has grown into “global partnership” with the ratification of the US-India Agreement for Cooperation on Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Energy in July 2005. Bush signed the Henry J. Hyde United States-India Peaceful Atomic Energy Cooperation Act of 2006 (or “Hyde Act”) into law in December 2006 (P.L. 109-401).<sup>8</sup>  Commenting on the nuclear deal Nicholas Burns, then Under Secretary of State, said that it was “positive for United States national security interest because it will help us cement our strategic partnership with India, which is very important for our global interests.”<sup>8</sup> </p>
<p>In October 10, 2008 Condoleezza Rice, then US Secretary of State, and Pranab Mukherjee, then External Affairs Minister of India, signed the nuclear deal after three years of negotiations. Called the 123 Agreement after a section in the U.S. Atomic Energy Act, the pact allowed India to buy vital nuclear fuel and technology from American companies.</p>
<p>Right from the beginning corporate interests led by the nuclear industry and arms makers in the US lobbied for the nuclear deal. They saw the possibilities for nuclear trade, weapons sales, and selling spare parts and other services to India.<sup>9</sup>  According to the <em>Washington Post</em>, American companies saw a vast market in India for nuclear reactors and conventional weapons, after having been largely frozen out of that market for decades.<sup>10</sup>  The US-India Business Council hired the high-powered firm of Patton Boggs to work on Congress, and the Indian government a powerful US lobbying firm, Barbour Griffith &#038; Rogers LLC, for which Robert Blackwill &#8212; US ambassador to India from 2001 to 2003 &#8212; is president, as well as the law firm of Venable LLP. The Confederation of Indian Industry and the India-American Friendship Council were also involved.</p>
<p>US politicians, both Democrats and Republicans, overwhelmingly supported the US-India nuclear deal. Because they either have investments in or received financial contributions from the arms industry.</p>
<p><strong>US’ Interests in the Deal</strong></p>
<p>US has acknowledged India’s growing global economic, political, and geo-strategic clout. So it wanted to court India through US-India nuclear deal to further its global interests. </p>
<p>   <strong>1. To Contain China</strong></p>
<p>US perceives China to be the larger threat to its hegemony. According to the 2008 annual report to Congress from the Office of the Secretary of Defense on the Military Power of the People’s Republic of China, “China’s expanding and improving military capabilities are changing East Asian military balances; improvements in China’s strategic capabilities have implications beyond the Asia-Pacific region.”<sup>11</sup>  US sees India as a new emerging power of the 21st century, one that can be an ally of the United States and help it balance and contain the rise of China. India also directly faces the Chinese military along a four thousand kilometer northern border.</p>
<p>There has been some speculation regarding US’ intention to create an Asian NATO. During the Cold War era, US forged the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO) comprising of pro-western countries such as Pakistan, Philippines, Thailand, Australia and New Zealand as well as France and UK. However, this organization was dissolved in 1977.<sup>12</sup>  The speculation about US’ intention to forge Asian NATO has been substantiated with the proposals of some American politicians such as Rudolph Giuliani and John McCain. Giuliani proposed that India, Japan, Singapore, Israel and Australia should be included in NATO. Whereas McCain suggested the establishment of US-led League of Democracies. Trabanco opines that McCain’s proposal was a euphemism for the inclusion of nonEuropean US allies in a global military coalition.<sup>12</sup>   The reason for this seems to be the rise of China as an economic power. The US National Intelligence Council called it “the unprecedented transfer of wealth from west to east.”<sup>12</sup> </p>
<p>In order to contain China’s power and to preserve its control over strategic sea routes, US strategists have acknowledged the strategically significant geographic location of India. This could be the reason why US has forged an alliance with India in maritime cooperation.</p>
<p>Therefore, the US’ willingness to make nuclear deal with India is perceived, by some, to gain latter’s strategic and geopolitical loyalty.<sup>12</sup>  “(It) would buttress (India&#8217;s) potential utility as a hedge against a rising China, encourage it to pursue economic and strategic policies aligned with U.S. interests, and shape its choices in regard to global energy stability&#8230;.” said Tellis.<sup>13</sup>  </p>
<p>   &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>1. To Involve India in the “Reconstruction” of Afghanistan</strong></p>
<p>There is also a talk about US’ intention to involve India in Afghan “reconstruction” and ask for Indian troops.<sup>11</sup>   India, in the past, refused to send its troops to Iraq. However, the US-India “global partnership” might give the US leverage over India. As the relationship deepens, it would be difficult for India to reject US’ request for its partnership in the “reconstruction” of Afghanistan, which includes alignment of Indian troops with the NATO troops under the leadership of US.</p>
<p>During her three day visit to India, Hillary Clinton, US Secretary of State, mentioned about security cooperation: “Our countries have experienced searing terrorist attacks. We both seek a more secure world for our citizens,” and therefore, “We should intensify our defense and law enforcement cooperation to that end.” And this cooperation is against the extremism that Pakistan is tackling at present.</p>
<p>The US strategy seems to be to draw India (as a “partner”) into “Afghan trap”, as it did Russia (its enemy). Admitting that an American operation to infiltrate Afghanistan was launched long before Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, Zbigniew Brzezenski boasted, “We actually did provide some support to the Mijahedeen before (Soviet) invasion.”<sup>14</sup>  “We did not push the Russians into invading, but we knowingly increased the probability that they would,” Brzezenski bragged. “That secret operation was an excellent idea. The effect was to draw the Russians into the Afghan trap.”<sup>15</sup>  </p>
<p>   &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>2. Market for US Military-Industrial Complex</strong></p>
<p>The US-India nuclear deal not only links India more closely to US and its global interests, but also boosts US trade in a profitable sector, nuclear industry. It also creates market for US conventional weapons. Till now Russia is the largest supplier of weapons to India (second is Israel). US expects that the nuclear deal will change this scenario.</p>
<p>India is a huge market for weapons sales. In 2005 it was the largest buyer of arms in the developing world with purchases of $5.4 billion. US’ intention to profit from this market is evidenced by recent visits to India by US officials, including Robert Gates, the Defence Secretary, in February 2008 to strengthen military ties and promote weapons sales. Lt. Gen. V.K. Kapoor, a defence analyst, said, “Other than obvious commercial interests, the US is keen to invest militarily in India….”<sup>16</sup>  At DefExpo 2008 in New Delhi in February 2008 at which major US weapons companies were well represented, William Cohen, former US Defence Secretary under Bill Clinton, declared, “The promise of deeper US-India defence co-operation is now a reality, with collaborations and joint ventures between US and India firms already under way.”<sup>16</sup>  India is projected to spend more than $30 billion by 2012 as the country seeks to modernize its military. By 2022 spending is expected to reach $80 billion.</p>
<p>The US-India nuclear deal has opened a huge market for the US weapons industry. For US weapons companies foreign sales mean the biggest bucks. Also, sales are often accompanied by lucrative deals for accessories, spare parts, and eventual upgrades. There is growing evidence that weapons sales are more about money for the US military-industrial complex and other major military economies. According to the congressional report “Conventional Arms Transfers to Developing Nations,”: “Where before the principal motivation for arms sales by foreign suppliers might have been to support a foreign policy objective, today that motivation may be based as much on economic considerations as those of foreign policy or national security policy.”<sup>6</sup>  </p>
<p><strong>Weapons Deals during Hillary Clinton’s Visit to India</strong></p>
<p>The burgeoning “global partnership” between US and India is gradually laying bare its contents. India has dramatically increased its defence budget up over 34% alone this year. Hillary Clinton’s visit to India in July 2009 resulted in defence, space and nuclear power agreements. It is the payoff resulting from the US-India nuclear deal.</p>
<p>On July 20, 2009 an accord, known as an end use monitoring agreement, between India and US has been reached in New Delhi to clear the way for the sale of US weapons to India. “We have agreed on the end-use monitoring arrangement which would refer to…Indian procurement of US defence technology and equipment,” said S.M. Krishna, Indian External Affairs Minister, in a joint news conference with Clinton. India is now holding a tender for the order of 126 multi-purpose lightweight fighters for the Air Force. US company Lockheed Martin stands as the front runner to sell F-16. The other three bidders are companies from Russia, France and Sweden. According to the tender terms, a winner should launch licensed production of its aircraft in India. The Indian-assembled F-16 would be a lot cheaper than its equivalent put together in the US or Europe. There is qualified labor in India, and labor costs are low. For the first time in history the US is making such an offer to a country that is neither a NATO member state nor has it Americans troops deployed on its territory.</p>
<p>Hillary Clinton said that India has also approved two sites for the construction of two US nuclear reactors. She said, “I am also pleased that Prime Minister Singh told me that sites for two nuclear parks for US companies have been approved by the government.” That means, it provides about $10 billion business for the US nuclear reactor builders such as General Electric Company and Westinghouse Electric Company, a subsidiary of Japan’s Toshiba Corporation. However, what is not clear is whether India has agreed to the US’ demand for legal immunity to its companies, if there is an accident. </p>
<p>India has already bought $2.1 billion worth of anti-submarine planes from Boeing earlier this year, the largest US arms transfer to India to date.<sup>17</sup>   Arms deals between India and US will pull the military of the two countries together and foster interoperability.<sup>11</sup> </p>
<p>At a May 2009 Defense Writers Group convened by the Center for Media and Security, to the question “whether the Obama administration will follow the general policy of supporting (weapons) exports?” and “do you anticipate any change in terms of where US arms will be sold?” Undersecretary of Defense for Policy Michele Flournoy responded, “We don&#8217;t have a sort of arms sale policy as much as more a sense of commitment to building partner capacity.”<sup>7</sup>  Vice Admiral Jeffrey Wieringa, the head of the Pentagon agency that administers weapons exports, was more candid: “We sell stuff to build relationships.”<sup>7</sup> </p>
<p>Not surprisingly, Loren Thompson of the Lexington Institute, a consultant to Lockheed Martin, said, “Weapons could be the single biggest U.S. export item over the next 10 years.”<sup>17</sup>  Increased weapons sales will certainly help the US Military-Industrial Complex weather the current economic crisis. </p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>Not surprisingly, in the “global partnership” between US and India, the people who are missing are the poor of both the countries. In the op-ed in <em>The Times of India</em> Hillary Clinton, former Wal-Mart Board Director, made no mention of India&#8217;s poor. According to the World Bank poverty line of $1.25 (Rs. 56.13) per day, the number of poor in India during 2004-2005 was 456 million, that is, 41.6% of the population. The official figure of number of poor in the US in 2007 was 37.3 millions.<sup>18</sup>  However, Katherine Newman, professor of Sociology and Public Affairs at Princeton University, says that apart from 37.3 million poor, there are over 50 million Americans, who belong to what she calls “the missing class”. In her book <em>The Missing Class: Portraits of the Near Poor in America</em>, co-authored with Victor Tan Chen, she says that the Americans who belong to “the missing class” are those who are living on the edge &#8212; one sudden illness, one pink slip (i.e., loss of job), one divorce away from free fall.<sup>19</sup> </p>
<p>The impact of arms trade between US and India has on the lack of economic development among the poor in both the countries, as more and more resources are directed into production and acquisition of new deadly weapons. “We&#8217;ve put this money down a black hole of so-called security,” says David Krieger, President of the California-based Nuclear Age Peace Foundation. “In a more just and humane society, that money would be spent on health care, housing and the alleviation of poverty.”<sup>20</sup> </p>
<p>Therefore, the single most pressing “security” issue of the 21st century will be assuring the essentials of a healthy, dignified life for the millions of people in India and US, who are left out of the global economy. Poverty continues to be the main human rights issue in both the countries.</p>
<p>What needs to be done is, try and reduce the drive for production and acquisition of more and more weapons systems, so that resources may be used for education, healthcare, and to fight against poverty.  </p>
<ol class="footnotes"><li id="footnote_0_9711" class="footnote">Hillary Rodham Clinton, “<a href="http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/NEWS-India-Encourage-Pakistan-as-it-confronts-extremism/articleshow/4787173.cms">Encourage Pakistan as It Confronts Extremism</a>,” in The Times of India (July 17, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_1_9711" class="footnote">Mark Landler, “<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/07/19/world/asia/19clinton.html">Seeking Business Allies, Clinton Connects with India’s Billionaires</a>,” in <em>New York Times</em> (July 18, 2009).<br />
</li><li id="footnote_2_9711" class="footnote">Chomsky, Noam, “September 11th and Its Aftermath: Where is the World Heading?” Public Lecture at the Music Academy, Chennai (Madras), India (November 10, 2001).</li><li id="footnote_3_9711" class="footnote">Lukery, “Bombshell: Bin Laden Worked for US until 9/11: Sibel Edmonds on the Mike Malloy Radio Show,” in <em>Global Research</em> (August 1, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_4_9711" class="footnote">Anwar Iqbal, “<a href="http://www.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/world/12-us-created-taliban-and-abandoned-pakistan-clinton-bi-06">US Created Taliban and Abandoned Pakistan: Clinton</a>,” in <em>Dawn.Com</em> (April 25, 2009) and see <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X2CE0fyz4ys">Youtube</a>.</li><li id="footnote_5_9711" class="footnote">Bryan Bender, “<a href="http://www.worldproutassembly.org/archives/2006/11/us is top purve.html">US Is Top Purveyor on Weapons Sales List Shipments Grow to Unstable Areas</a>,” in <em>worldproutassembly.org</em> (November 13, 2006). </li><li id="footnote_6_9711" class="footnote">Frida Berrigan, “Weapons: Our No#1 Export?” in <em>Foreign Policy In Focus</em> (July 1, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_7_9711" class="footnote">Michael F. Martin and K. Alan Kronstadt, <em>CRS Report for Congress: India-U.S. Economic and Trade Relations</em>, August 31, 2007.</li><li id="footnote_8_9711" class="footnote">Andrew Lichterman and M.V. Ramana, “<a href="http://dissidentvoice.org2008/09/rushing-into-the-wrong-future-the-us-india-nuclear-deal-energy-and-security">Rushing into the Wrong Future: The U.S.-India Nuclear Deal, Energy and Security</a>,” in <em>Dissident Voice.org</em> (September 20, 2008).</li><li id="footnote_9_9711" class="footnote">Steven Mufson, &#8220;New Energy on India: Companies and Lobbyists Throw Support behind U.S. Participation in the Countries Nuclear Sector,&#8221; in <em>Washington Post</em> (July 18, 2006).</li><li id="footnote_10_9711" class="footnote">William R. Hawkins, “<a href="http://www.frontpagemag.com/readArticle.aspx?ARTID=33188">Bush’s Legacy in India</a>,” in <em>FrontPageMagazine.com</em> (November 24, 2008).</li><li id="footnote_11_9711" class="footnote">Jose Miguel Alonso Trabanco, “Is an ‘Asian NATO’ Really on the US Agenda?” in <em>Global Research</em> (January 28, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_12_9711" class="footnote">Siddharth Varadarajan, “The Truth behind the Indo-U.S. Nuclear Deal,” in <em>Global Research</em> (July 29, 2005).</li><li id="footnote_13_9711" class="footnote">Noor Ali, “US-UN Conspiracy against the People of Afghanistan,” in <em>Online Center for Afghan Studies</em> (February 21, 1998).</li><li id="footnote_14_9711" class="footnote">J.W. Smith, “Simultaneously Suppressing the World’s Break for Freedom,” in <em>Economic Democracy: The Political Struggle for the 21st Century</em>, ed. by M.E. Sharpe (New York: Armonk, 2000). Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed, “<a href="http://www.mediamonitors.net/mosaddeq2.html ">Afghanistan, the Taliban and the United States: The Role of Human Rights in Western Foreign Policy</a>.”</li><li id="footnote_15_9711" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.india-defence.com/reports-3883">India and US Defence Ties Grow Stronger</a>,” in <em>india-defence.com</em> (June 25, 2008).</li><li id="footnote_16_9711" class="footnote">“<a href="http://www.usatoday.com/news/military/2009-06-13-weaponssales-overseas_N.htm">Weapons Makers Look Overseas as DoD Cuts Back</a>,” in <em>USAToday</em> (June 13, 2009).</li><li id="footnote_17_9711" class="footnote">&#8221;<a href="http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0104520.html">Poverty in the United States, 2007</a>.&#8221;</li><li id="footnote_18_9711" class="footnote">Katherine S. Newman and Victor Tan Chen, <em>The Missing Class: Portraits of the Near Poor in America</em> (Boston, MA: Beacon Press, 2007).</li><li id="footnote_19_9711" class="footnote">Craig Kielburger and Marc Kielburger, “Invest in People, Not Weapons,” in <em>Toronto Star</em> (March 24, 2008).</li></ol>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/9711/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Crumbling U.S. Embargo on Cuba</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/the-crumbling-u-s-embargo-on-cuba/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/the-crumbling-u-s-embargo-on-cuba/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2009 16:00:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Sharat G. Lin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA["Aid"]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cuba]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health/Medical]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Solidarity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9523</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When the first Pastors for Peace Friendship Caravan departed in 1992, it was initiated to defy the U.S. travel and trade embargo on Cuba that has been in place since 1962.  The most difficult challenges to the Friendship Caravan were during the later years of the Bush administration when buses and humanitarian cargoes were [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When the first Pastors for Peace Friendship Caravan departed in 1992, it was initiated to defy the U.S. travel and trade embargo on Cuba that has been in place since 1962.  The most difficult challenges to the Friendship Caravan were during the later years of the Bush administration when buses and humanitarian cargoes were detained or confiscated by U.S. Customs agents at the Mexican border under the most severe enforcements of the blockade.  A test of the Obama administration’s intentions came when the twentieth Friendship Caravan crossed the U.S.-México border at McAllen, Texas on July 21, 2009.  After undergoing inspection of its cargoes, all vehicles, material aid, and 130 caravanistas were allowed to leave the United States.  This alone is uncommon because most departures by road from the United States into Mexico are not even stopped or inspected.  Nevertheless, the change in enforcement is a significant departure from previous years.  The U.S. embargo on Cuba is crumbling.</p>
<div id="attachment_9525" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 562px"><img src="http://dissidentvoice.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/08/Autobus_de_Pastores_para_la_Paz_Habana.jpg" alt="A previous Pastors for Peace Caravan school bus in Vedado, Havana: defying the U.S. blockade for eighteen years." title="Autobus_de_Pastores_para_la_Paz_Habana" width="552" height="228" class="size-full wp-image-9525" /><p class="wp-caption-text">A previous Pastors for Peace Caravan school bus in Vedado, Havana: defying the U.S. blockade for eighteen years.</p></div>
<p>Ahead of the Organization of American States summit in April 2009, President Barack Obama announced that visits by Americans to Cuba will be allowed once annually instead of once every three years, and the $300 per quarter limit on remittances will be lifted – but only if they have relatives on the island nation.  Restrictions on investment in Cuba will also be eased – but only in telecommunications.  Obama has signalled his willingness to ease the 47-year-old U.S. economic embargo on Cuba, but not yet for the rest of us.  While still couched in the language of regime change, Obama’s overtures represent a ray of hope for breaking down the barriers that have separated Americans and Cubans and prevented them from learning from each other.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, the effects of the U.S. embargo (Cuba calls it a blockade) are much more intrusive than the mere absence of American goods.  Patient monitors and CT scanners from Europe and Japan that have seen only a few years of use are often idled by the inability to procure assemblies or accessories that contain U.S. parts.  Despite these difficulties, the Cuban health system guarantees every resident access to care, resulting in a life expectancy (78 years) equal to that of the United States.  There are no denials of claims here, no patients turned away for lack of insurance.</p>
<p>Thousands of Cuban doctors and medical personnel continue to serve in countries ranging from Bolivia to Pakistan to South Africa.  Meanwhile, Cuba brings in hundreds of new foreign students for medical school from poor countries and the United States alike, completely free of charge.  And Cuba’s biotechnology industry is a leading-edge exporter of both genetically-engineered and low-cost generic drugs.</p>
<p>Yes, the dug-up roads are decaying.  The crumbling houses are discolored with mildew.  The sputtering cars are American antiques of the 1940s and 1950s, frozen in time, but kept running through miraculous Cuban ingenuity.  That is the tunnel image most Americans have of Havana.  The images are there along the fabled seaside Malecón, in Habana Centro, and in Habana Viejo, where most of the historical tourist attractions are located.  But outlying suburbs like Miramar, smaller cities like Santa Clara or Sancti Spiritus, and even rural villages have houses and shops that are more modern and well kept, roads that are nicely paved, and newer motor vehicles from Europe, Canada, Japan, and China.  It is just the inverse of unequal development in most other Latin American countries.  Cuba has chosen to focus its finite resources on ensuring that everybody has housing first, and only afterwards renovating existing buildings for the eyes of foreign visitors.  There are no foreclosures here, no tent cities of the homeless.</p>
<p>The U.S. notion that the embargo is needed to pressure Cuba to embrace “democracy” and ultimately expedite “regime change” is based on the assumption that the Cuban people have no say in the affairs of their country.  In fact, people routinely chose representatives to municipal assemblies, which in turn elect members of the provincial assemblies, and in turn elect the 614 members of the Asamblea Nacional del Poder Popular (National Assembly of People’s Power).  The constitution calls for the National Assembly to elect the State Council, and the State Council to elect the president.  So while Cuban citizens do not directly elect the president and members of the National Assembly, they do so through a tiered pyramidal democratic structure that ensures greater accountability of each of each layer of representation to the layer below it because electors at each level are actually able to get to personally know those whom they are electing.</p>
<p>The Cuban electoral system is in effectively a one-party democracy in which candidates for elected office are pre-screened by a participatory nominating process.  The U.S. electoral system is in essence a two-party dictatorship in which the two major parties and the media collude to systematically deny credibility and electability to any candidates of third parties, or even candidates within the two dominant parties who are outside of the “mainstream.”  It is far from clear that one system is really more politically democratic or dictatorial than the other.  While both systems are flawed (they both perpetuate incumbency and state power), it would be a gross misstatement to call one an unqualified “dictatorship” and the other an unconditional “democracy.”</p>
<p>On freedom of the press, Cuba is not a place where one can buy a foreign newspaper or magazine on the streets.  But then neither is <em>Granma</em>, the official newspaper of the Communist Party of Cuba, readily available on the streets because it is largely distributed through the vast array of political, economic, and social organizations through which every Cuban citizen is engaged in one way or another.  Freedom of the press is one area in which Cuba would do well to lift restrictions.  Having survived the extraordinary stresses of the Special Period in the 1990s, Cuba can rest assured that allowing independent Cuban media and opening up to responsible news sources from Latin America and the world will not degrade, but rather invigorate, the public intellectual discourse, the perceived quality of life, and Cuba’s strength as a nation.</p>
<p>The distorted view most Americans have of Cuba is molded by their inability to visit Cuba to see for themselves.  People in the United States and Cuba have much to learn from each other.  In April 2009 a Congressional delegation, led by Congresswoman Barbara Lee, visited Cuba to review policies on trade and cultural and academic exchanges.  The same opportunity needs to be afforded to all Americans in order to formulate a rational national policy towards Cuba based on realism and mutual respect.</p>
<p>The international community of nations has spoken out against the U.S. embargo on trade and travel to Cuba through 17 consecutive years of resolutions in the United Nations General Assembly.  With each passing year the United States government has become more and more politically isolated on this issue.  The last vote on October 29, 2008 was 185 to 3 against the U.S. blockade, with 2 abstentions.  Those opposed were the United States, Israel, and Palau.  Palau, along with the Marshall Islands and Micronesia which abstained, are all former U.S. colonies that remain highly dependent on the U.S. economic and military umbrella.  Palau, incidentally, is so dependent on the United States that when no other country on the planet would agree to take 17 Chinese Uighurs held in Guantánamo Bay as so-called “enemy combatants,” because no country wanted to legitimize the systematic U.S. denial of protections guaranteed to prisoners of war under international law, Palau agreed in June 2009 to take them after intense U.S. pressure.  Only afterward did Albania, in no less desperate economic situation itself, ultimately relent to taking four of the 17 Uighurs.</p>
<p>Even the Cuban-American exile community, which has traditionally backed the U.S. embargo because their families lost properties in the 1959 Revolution, has been gradually shifting in preference to selectively lifting the embargo and travel restrictions to ease family visits and for the younger generation to rediscover the land of their parents.  Ever since the collapse of the Soviet Union, Cuba has not posed any conceivable threat to the security of the United States.</p>
<p>On the contrary, the United States is harboring a Cuban-born Venezuelan man – Luis Posada Carriles – who has been convicted in absentia for various terrorist attacks and conspiracies in Latin America, including the 1976 bombing of Cubana Flight 455 that killed all 73 people on board.  Detained in 2005-2007 for illegal presence in the United States, Carriles is now free.  If President Obama is truly concerned about security and thwarting future terrorist attacks, he would move to extradite Carriles to Venezuela or Cuba, both of which have demanded that he face trial in their courts.</p>
<p>On the other hand, the Cuban Five (Los Cinco) – Fernando González, René González, Antonio Guerrero, Gerardo Hernández, Ramón Labañino – were arrested in 1998 for activities related to gathering intelligence on a number of militant Cuban-American exile groups, including Brothers to the Rescue, that have been accused of organizing illegal and often violent activities inside Cuba.  The Five were convicted in 2001 on all 26 counts by a Federal District Court in Miami, where they could not possibly have received a fair trial.  So far, the Obama administration has refused to reconsider the case, and, in fact, successfully pressured the Supreme Court to deny a review.  If President Obama is truly interested in justice, he should reopen the case against the Cuban Five for independent review, and allow visits by family members from Cuba.  If The Five’s only crime was thwarting terrorism, then they must be freed.</p>
<p>A parallel opportunity for rapprochement between the U.S. and Cuba is arising out of acknowledgements by both the Bush and Obama administrations that harsh interrogation methods and torture were used at the U.S. prison at Guantánamo Bay, and President Obama’s announced intention of closing the prison within a year of taking office.  In fact, the prison itself appears to violate the very terms of the lease agreement of February 23, 1903 that grants “the premises for use as coaling or naval stations only, and for no other purpose.”  One aspect of putting this dark period in U.S. human rights history behind us is to terminate the lease and return Guantánamo Bay to Cuba once the prison is closed.  This will be another substantive gesture that the U.S. and Cuba can live together with mutual respect for each other’s sovereignty.</p>
<p>Having lifted the embargo just a little and let the Pastors for Peace Friendship Caravan through, President Obama needs to carry through on his promise of change by ending the U.S. embargo once and for all.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/08/the-crumbling-u-s-embargo-on-cuba/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Was Dr. David Kelly a Target of Dick Cheney&#8217;s &#8220;Executive Assassination Ring&#8221;?</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/was-dr-david-kelly-a-target-of-dick-cheneys-executive-assassination-ring/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/was-dr-david-kelly-a-target-of-dick-cheneys-executive-assassination-ring/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2009 14:02:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Burghardt</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Espionage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GWB]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Military/Militarism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Science/Tech]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[United Kingdom]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9224</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Revelations that the Central Intelligence Agency launched a world-wide assassination program, and then concealed its existence from the U.S. Congress and the American people for eight years, carries an implication that death squads may have been employed against political opponents.
The Wall Street Journal reported July 13 that &#8220;A secret Central Intelligence Agency initiative terminated by Director [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Revelations that the Central Intelligence Agency launched a world-wide assassination program, and then concealed its existence from the U.S. Congress and the American people for eight years, carries an implication that death squads may have been employed against political opponents.</p>
<p>The Wall Street Journal</em> <a href="http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124736381913627661.html">reported</a> July 13 that &#8220;A secret Central Intelligence Agency initiative terminated by Director Leon Panetta was an attempt to carry out a 2001 presidential authorization to capture or kill al Qaeda operatives, according to former intelligence officials familiar with the matter.</p>
<p>Investigative journalist Siobhan Gorman writes, &#8220;The precise nature of the highly classified effort isn&#8217;t clear, and the CIA won&#8217;t comment on its substance.&#8221; </p>
<p><em>The Washington Post</em> however, <a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2009/07/15/AR2009071503856.html">revealed</a> July 16 that the assassination plan was sanctioned by President Bush. Unnamed &#8220;intelligence officials&#8221; told the newspaper that &#8220;a secret document known as a &#8216;presidential finding&#8217; was signed by President George W. Bush that same month, granting the agency broad authority to use deadly force against bin Laden as well as other senior members of al-Qaeda and other terrorist groups.&#8221;</p>
<p>According to <em>Post</em> reporter Joby Warrick, Bush&#8217;s finding &#8220;imposed no geographical limitations on the agency&#8217;s actions&#8221; and that the CIA was &#8220;not obliged to notify Congress of each operation envisaged under the directive.&#8221; This implies that targets could be hit anywhere, including on the soil of a NATO ally or <em>inside the United States itself</em>.</p>
<p>According to the <em><a href="http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/nation/la-na-cia-cheney14-2009jul14,0,4043827.story">Los Angeles Times</a></em> the program &#8220;was kept secret from lawmakers for nearly eight years at the direction of former Vice President Dick Cheney.&#8221;</p>
<p>Despite these reports and hand-wringing amongst congressional Democrats, there&#8217;s something fishy here. After all, isn&#8217;t the whole point of America&#8217;s &#8220;global war on terror&#8221; to &#8220;capture or kill&#8221; al-Qaeda suspects? What&#8217;s so secretive or controversial about <em>that</em>?</p>
<p>The descriptions of the operation that have so far emerged however, bear a striking resemblance to charges laid earlier this year when investigative journalist Seymour Hersh said that the Bush administration stood-up an &#8220;executive assassination ring.&#8221;</p>
<p>During a &#8220;Great Conversations&#8221; event at the University of Minnesota in March the veteran journalist <a href="http://www.minnpost.com/ericblackblog/2009/03/11/7310/investigative_reporter_seymour_hersh_describes_executive_assassination_ring">told</a> the audience: &#8220;After 9/11, I haven&#8217;t written about this yet, but the Central Intelligence Agency was very deeply involved in domestic activities against people they thought to be enemies of the state. Without any legal authority for it. They haven&#8217;t been called on it yet. That does happen.&#8221;</p>
<p>The program was allegedly shut down by Panetta on June 23, a day after leaning of the agency&#8217;s clandestine initiative. What make these revelations all the more significant is that the CIA Director only learned of the program fully <em>four months</em> after assuming office.</p>
<p>&#8220;The implications,&#8221; socialist analyst Bill Van Auken <a href="http://www.wsws.org/articles/2009/jul2009/pers-j14.shtml">writes</a>, &#8220;are clear. The CIA maintained the secrecy ordered by Cheney even after the latter had left office, and continued to conceal the existence and nature of the covert operation not only from Congress, but from the Obama administration itself.&#8221;</p>
<p>But was the program shut down? <em>The Washington Post</em> further revealed that the plan, allegedly &#8220;on the agency&#8217;s back burner for much of the past eight years, was suddenly thrust into the spotlight because of proposals to initiate what one intelligence official called a &#8217;somewhat more operational phase&#8217;.&#8221;</p>
<p>Col. Lawrence Wilkerson, a former top aide to U.S. Secretary of State Colin Powell hints that the program was in a &#8220;somewhat more operational phase&#8221; years earlier, despite repeated denials by CIA officials and congressional staffers.</p>
<p>Wilkerson told MSNBC&#8217;s <em><a href="http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/31922538">Rachel Maddow Show</a></em>  July 14, &#8220;What I suspect has happened is what began to happen while I was still in the government, and that was we&#8217;re killing the wrong people. And we&#8217;re killing the wrong people in the wrong countries. And the countries are finding out about it, or at least there was a suspicion that the countries might find out about it, and so it was shut down. That&#8217;s my strong suspicion.&#8221;</p>
<p>According to Wilkerson, the teams may have been dispatched under deep cover, using Joint Special Operations Command as a cut-out, a confirmation of charges made by Seymour Hersh in March. When U.S. Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld was queried by the State Department, &#8220;after some hemming and hawing, which was Rumsfeld&#8217;s forte, he finally admitted that he had dispatched some of these teams,&#8221; Wilkerson explained.</p>
<p>Powell&#8217;s former aide told Maddow, &#8220;It&#8217;s laughable that the CIA has never lied to Congress. &#8220;They lie to Congress on a routine basis.&#8221; Much the same can be said of General Powell who lied to the entire world &#8220;on a routine basis&#8221; during the run-up to the invasion of Iraq.</p>
<p>It must also be said there is precedence for the CIA&#8217;s alleged death squad activities during the Bush era. In Vietnam for example, the CIA and U.S. Special Forces jointly ran a secret assassination program that targeted Vietnamese dissidents. As author Douglas Valentine revealed in his definitive study, <em><a href="http://www.iuniverse.com/bookstore/BookDetail.aspx?BookId=SKU-000006206">The Phoenix Program</a></em>, Operation Phoenix &#8220;was a computer-driven program aimed at &#8216;neutralizing&#8217;, through assassination, kidnapping, and systematic torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the insurgency in South Vietnam.&#8221;</p>
<p>Those programs never died and have since morphed into above top secret &#8220;Special Access Programs&#8221; used with deadly effect in Central- and South America during the 1980s and across the Middle East today.</p>
<p>The latest scandal comes on the heels of revelations that the Bush administration&#8217;s massive secret surveillance programs targeting the American people went far beyond well-publicized warrantless wiretapping.</p>
<p>A new 38-page <a href="http://judiciary.house.gov/hearings/pdf/IGTSPReport090710.pdf">declassified report</a> issued July 10 by inspectors general of the CIA, National Security Agency, Department of Justice, Department of Defense and the Office of National Intelligence, collectively called the acknowledged &#8220;Terrorist Surveillance Program&#8221; and cross-agency top secret &#8220;Other Intelligence Activities&#8221; the &#8220;President&#8217;s Surveillance Program.&#8221;</p>
<p>The IG&#8217;s report failed to disclose what these programs actually did, and probably still do today under the Obama administration. Shrouded beneath impenetrable layers of secrecy and deceit, these undisclosed programs lie at the dark heart of the state&#8217;s war against the American people and perhaps, other regime opponents.</p>
<p>The CIA&#8217;s Office of Inspector General said that &#8220;the program was an additional resource to enhance the CIA&#8217;s understanding of terrorist networks and to help identify potential threats to the U.S. homeland,&#8221; and that the &#8220;PSP was one of many tools available to them, and that the tools were often used in combination.&#8221; However, &#8220;some officers told the CIA OIG that there was insufficient legal guidance on the use of PSP-derived information.&#8221; (pp. 33-34)</p>
<p>But with a thin reed provided by President Bush&#8217;s executive orders, presidential findings and 2001 congressional authorization for war against al-Qaeda, why would there be &#8220;insufficient legal guidance&#8221;? If &#8220;PSP-derived information&#8221; was used to target alleged al-Qaeda operatives there wouldn&#8217;t be need for additional legal guidance. If however, the CIA &#8220;was very deeply involved in domestic activities&#8221; as Seymour Hersh averred, and used NSA information for political dirty tricks it would be a violation of the CIA&#8217;s charter, one that comes with serious consequences including jail time.</p>
<p>Investigative journalists James Risen and Eric Lichtblau, who broke the NSA spy story in <em><a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2005/12/16/politics/16program.html">The New York Times</a></em> in 2005, <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/07/11/us/11nsa.html">reported</a> July 11 that intelligence officials &#8220;&#8216;had difficulty citing specific instances&#8217; when the National Security Agency&#8217;s wiretapping program contributed to successes against terrorists.&#8221;</p>
<p>True enough as far as it goes, but perhaps these programs were highly efficacious in silencing those who were deemed politically suspect, even within the defense and security apparatus itself.</p>
<p>While major media in the United States insist that the Agency&#8217;s assassination program was meant to target al-Qaeda assets, one question inevitably raises its head: did the CIA and allied intelligence services murder political opponents? Were covert actions carried out by the CIA&#8211;at home or on the soil of America&#8217;s allies&#8211;&#8221;against people they thought to be enemies of the state,&#8221; as Hersh revealed?</p>
<p>More pointedly, was the British bioweapons expert Dr. David Kelly, who leaked information to the press that the British and American governments had falsified the case for the 2003 invasion of Iraq, murdered for exposing the fraudulent evidence for war or worse, planning an exposé on the West&#8217;s continued development of offensive biological weapons?</p>
<p>Dr. David Kelly was an unlikely dissident. In fact Kelly wasn&#8217;t a dissident at all, but a prominent figure in Britain&#8217;s bioweapons defense establishment.</p>
<p>The former head of the microbiology department at Porton Down, the UK&#8217;s secret biological and chemical warfare research facility, at the time of his 2003 death Kelly was a consummate insider, a trusted keeper of state secrets; dangerous and deadly secrets that could topple governments.</p>
<p>A civilian employee of Britain&#8217;s Ministry of Defence (MoD), Dr. Kelly was a biological weapons expert and former United Nations weapons inspector in Iraq. His off-the-record conversations with journalist Andrew Gilligan about the British government&#8217;s fraudulent claim that Iraq possessed &#8220;weapons of mass destruction&#8221; set off a firestorm that continues to smolder.</p>
<p>While David Kelly wasn&#8217;t a spy, he did enjoy unprecedented access to the world of secret intelligence. Indeed, <a href="http://dr-david-kelly.blogspot.com/2007/01/gordon-thomas-is-successful-author.html">according</a> to author Gordon Thomas, Kelly had helped orchestrate the defection of a top Russian microbiologist Vladimir Pasechnik (who turned up dead in 2001, allegedly from a stroke) and played a part in the FBI&#8217;s investigation into the 2001 anthrax attacks in the United States by trying to identify the origin of the Ames strain used in the fatal mailings.</p>
<p>In 2008, the multiyear, multimillion dollar &#8220;Amerithrax&#8221; investigation was closed when the Bureau claimed that Dr. Bruce Ivins was the killer. Ivins, a top anthrax expert at the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID) at Ft. Detrick in Maryland committed suicide. According to the FBI version, the scientist killed himself just as the Bureau was about to arrest him for the crime.</p>
<p>Many were unconvinced that Ivins was the anthrax &#8220;lone gunman.&#8221; Indeed, Sen. Patrick Leahy, the chairman of the Senate Judiciary Committee and a target of the 2001 attacks, charged FBI Director Robert Mueller with staging a cover-up.</p>
<p>During 2008 hearings, Leahy angrily <a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/09/17/AR2008091701312.html">chided</a> Mueller: &#8220;If he is the one who sent the letter, I do not believe in any way, shape or manner that [Ivins] is the only person involved in this attack on Congress and the American people. I do not believe that at all. I believe there are others involved, either as accessories before or after the fact, I believe there are others who can be charged with murder.&#8221;</p>
<p>Richard Spertzel, Ivins&#8217; former boss at Ft. Detrick told investigative journalists Bob Coen and Eric Nadler, &#8220;He&#8217;s dead and they can close the case and he can&#8217;t defend himself. Nice and convenient isn&#8217;t it?&#8221;</p>
<p>Thomas claims that Kelly had worked with two American scientists, Benito Que and Don Wiley, who also turned up dead under highly suspicious circumstances.</p>
<p>It was originally claimed by authorities that Que was bludgeoned to death during an attempted carjacking in Miami. &#8220;Strangely enough,&#8221; <em>The Toronto Globe &amp; Mail</em> <a href="http://www.commondreams.org/headlines02/0504-06.htm">reported</a> in 2002, &#8220;his body showed no signs of a beating. Doctors then began to suspect a stroke.&#8221;</p>
<p>Wiley, according to the Canadian newspaper &#8220;was an expert on how the immune system responds to viral attacks such as the classic doomsday plagues of HIV, ebola and influenza.&#8221; After planning a trip to Graceland with his son police &#8220;found his rental car on a bridge outside Memphis, Tenn. His body was later found in the Mississippi River. Forensic experts said he may have had a dizzy spell and have fallen off the bridge.&#8221;</p>
<p>As it turned out, the pair were &#8220;engaged in DNA sequencing that could provide &#8216;a genetic marker based on genetic profiling&#8217;.&#8221; Thomas writes: &#8220;The research could play an important role in developing weaponized pathogens to hit selected groups of humans&#8211;identifying them by race. Two years ago, both men were found dead, in circumstances never fully explained.&#8221;</p>
<p>Coincidence, or something more sinister?</p>
<p>By summer 2003, it was obvious that Saddam Hussein&#8217;s regime did not possess WMDs and that the entire pretext for invading Iraq was based on a lie, concocted by the American regime, and in particular by Vice President Richard Cheney and the neoconservative mafia in control of America&#8217;s defense and security apparatus.</p>
<p>Tasked to the Defence Intelligence Staff, Kelly read a draft of the Joint Intelligence Committee&#8217;s (JIC) dossier on Iraq&#8217;s reputed WMDs. He was unhappy with many of the report&#8217;s conclusions, according to multiple press reports. He disputed the infamous claim that the Iraqi Army was capable of launching battlefield biological and chemical weapons within &#8220;45 minutes&#8221; of an order from Saddam. This dubious claim, one of many, was inserted into the report at the insistence of MI6 political masters acting through the JIC.</p>
<p>During a trip to Iraq in June 2003, Kelly inspected what were alleged by the Bush administration to be &#8220;mobile weapons laboratories,&#8221; a claim infamously made by U.S. Secretary of State Colin Powell at the United Nations in February 2003. <em>The Observer</em> <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2003/jun/15/iraq">reported</a> that a British scientist, who turned out to be David Kelly, told the newspaper: &#8220;They are not mobile germ warfare laboratories. You could not use them for making biological weapons. They do not even look like them. They are exactly what the Iraqis said they were&#8211;facilities for the production of hydrogen gas to fill balloons.&#8221;</p>
<p>One of the key pieces of evidence to emerge was the JIC&#8217;s, and Kelly&#8217;s, involvement with Operation Rockingham, a secret program for weapons inspections in Iraq.</p>
<p>Former UN weapons inspector Scott Ritter told the <em><a href="http://www.commondreams.org/headlines03/0608-06.htm">Sunday Herald</a></em> that Operation Rockingham was a &#8220;dirty tricks&#8221; unit &#8220;designed specifically to produce misleading intelligence that Saddam has weapons of mass destruction to give the UK a justifiable excuse to wage war on Iraq.&#8221;</p>
<p>Describing the unit as &#8220;dangerous,&#8221; Ritter told investigative journalist Neil Mackay, &#8220;Rockingham was spinning reports and emphasizing reports that showed non-compliance (by Iraq with UN inspections) and quashing those which showed compliance. It was cherry-picking intelligence.&#8221;</p>
<p>A political firestorm ensued, which threatened the viability of Prime Minister Tony Blair&#8217;s Labour government. Heads would have to roll; one of those heads as it turned out, would be David Kelly&#8217;s.</p>
<p>After an appearance before Parliament&#8217;s Foreign Affairs Select Committee on July 15, 2003, Kelly was visibly upset by his shoddy treatment by MPs. In an email to <em>New York Times</em> reporter Judith Miller, a serial-fabricator who had stitched-up evidence that Iraq was reconstituting its nuclear weapons program, Kelly said there &#8220;were many dark actors playing games.&#8221;</p>
<p>During the whitewash known as <a href="http://www.the-hutton-inquiry.org.uk/content/isc/isc_1_0003to0035.pdf">The Hutton Inquiry</a>, a British ambassador David Broucher reported a conversation he had with Kelly in Geneva. The ambassador asked Kelly what would happen if Iraq were invaded? The bioweapons expert replied, &#8220;I will probably be found dead in the woods.&#8221;</p>
<p>Two days after giving testimony before Parliament he was.</p>
<p><strong>&#8220;A Wet Operation, a Wet Disposal&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>In <em><a href="http://www.normanbaker.org.uk/international/kelly.htm">The Strange Death of David Kelly</a></em>, Liberal-Democratic MP Norman Baker builds a strong case that the scientist was murdered. Despite Lord Hutton&#8217;s dubious findings that Kelly killed himself, several troubling facts intruded to upend the British government&#8217;s apple cart. To summarize:</p>
<p>The lack of fingerprints found on the knife allegedly used by the scientist to slit his wrists; the lack of blood found at the scene, despite a verdict that he had sliced open an artery; unexplained contusions on Kelly&#8217;s scalp; the position of the body discovered by searchers differed markedly from that alleged by detectives; bottled water, knife and wristwatch said to be found by detectives were not observed by the searchers who actually discovered the body; eight computers removed from Kelly&#8217;s home and office by MI6 agents; missing dental records; the level of painkillers found in Kelly&#8217;s stomach was &#8220;less than a third&#8221; of what is considered a fatal overdose by medical experts. On and on it goes&#8230;</p>
<p>One source told Baker that Dr. Kelly&#8217;s death was &#8220;a wet operation, a wet disposal,&#8221; a term used in intelligence circles to denote an assassination.</p>
<p>Six years after Kelly&#8217;s murder, a group of British doctors have announced that &#8220;they were mounting a legal challenge to overturn the finding of suicide,&#8221; <em>The Mail on Sunday</em> <a href="http://www.mailonsunday.co.uk/news/article-1199109/13-doctors-demand-inquest-Dr-David-Kellys-death.html#">reports</a>.</p>
<p>A 12-page opinion concludes: &#8220;The bleeding from Dr Kelly&#8217;s ulnar artery is highly unlikely to have been so voluminous and rapid that it was the cause of death. We advise the instructing solicitors to obtain the autopsy reports so that the concerns of a group of properly interested medical specialists can be answered.&#8221;</p>
<p>One motive which may have led to Kelly&#8217;s murder was that the scientist was writing a book &#8220;exposing highly damaging government secrets before his mysterious death,&#8221; <em>The Sunday Express</em> <a href="http://www.express.co.uk/posts/view/111971/Kelly-s-book-of-secrets">reported</a> July 5.</p>
<p>According to published reports, Kelly intended to reveal that he had warned Prime Minister Tony Blair &#8220;there were no weapons of mass destruction anywhere in Iraq weeks before the British and American invasion.&#8221; Despite warnings that the book would breach Britain&#8217;s draconian Officials Secrets Act, Kelly sought advice on how he might bring his findings into a publishable form.</p>
<p>These reports also suggest that Kelly threatened to &#8220;lift the lid&#8221; on a larger scandal, &#8220;his own secret dealings in germ warfare with the apartheid regime in South Africa.&#8221;</p>
<p>Investigative journalists Bob Coen and Eric Nadler in their book <em><a href="http://www.counterpointpress.com/nonfiction_2.html#deadsilence">Dead Silence: Fear and Terror on the Anthrax Trail</a></em> and a companion 90-minute documentary, <em><a href="http://www.anthraxwar.com/1/?page_id=132">Anthrax War</a></em>, provide startling evidence that Kelly&#8217;s death is linked to a secret world of germ warfare research.</p>
<p>Indeed, according to Coen and Nadler, David Kelly&#8217;s secret dealings included a connection with Dr. Wouter Basson, the cardiologist who was the former head of the South African apartheid regime&#8217;s clandestine biological and chemical warfare program, Project Coast.</p>
<p>During Basson&#8217;s 1999 trial and subsequent acquittal, evidence presented by some 150 witnesses, including operatives linked to South African snatch-and-kill squads, tied Basson to chemical and biological research used in extrajudicial executions by the apartheid regime. It was further alleged that Project Coast had conducted active research into the fabrication of &#8220;ethnic weapons&#8221; that would specifically target South Africa&#8217;s black population.</p>
<p>In <em>Anthrax War</em>, Basson states that his findings were shared with foreign scientists, including those affiliated with weapons research in Britain and the United States. According to a 2001 piece in <em><a href="http://www.geocities.com/project_coast/poisonkeeper.htm">The New Yorker</a></em>,</p>
<blockquote><p>
Basson had already put the fear into American intelligence during his T.R.C. [Truth and Reconciliation Committee] appearance, where he handed over fourteen pages of notes from a visit to the United States in 1981. American Air Force officers had been eager to develop joint &#8220;medical projects&#8221; with South Africa, he wrote. &#8230; Basson says that in 1995 his life was threatened on the street by a C.I.A. agent. The American Embassy in Pretoria admits privately that the United States government is &#8220;terribly concerned&#8221; that Basson may start talking about his sources of information and technology. The Embassy hopes that an impression of &#8220;unwitting coöperation&#8221; is all that emerges in the way of an American connection. (William Finnegan, &#8220;The Poison Keeper,&#8221; <em>The New Yorker</em>, January 15, 2001)
</p></blockquote>
<p>Coen and Nadler uncovered evidence that Kelly had discovered a &#8220;Porton Down-South Africa connection&#8221; linked to a global bioweapons black market. The investigative journalists told the <em>Express</em>, &#8220;We have proved there is a black ­market in anthrax. David Kelly was of particular interest to us because he was a world expert on anthrax and he was involved in some degree with assisting the secret germ warfare programme in apartheid South Africa.&#8221;</p>
<p>Andrew Mackinlay, a British MP blamed for humiliating Kelly &#8220;to the point of suicide&#8221; started &#8220;asking questions in the House of Lords&#8221; after the scientist&#8217;s death &#8220;about Kelly&#8217;s relationship with these bad actors in Pretoria, even making inquiries about South African links to Pasechnik&#8217;s Regma firm.&#8221;</p>
<p>Founded in 2000 by the deceased scientist, Regma Bio Technologies was headquartered on the Porton Down campus and had signed a contract with the U.S. Navy for anti-anthrax research.</p>
<p>What Mackinlay discovered about the entire operation was highly disturbing to say the least. His inquiry sparked &#8220;the convening of an extraordinary &#8216;handling strategy meeting&#8217; involving thirteen officials from different government agencies. But any and all information about UK-South African germ work was withheld from the MP.&#8221;</p>
<p>Mackinlay told Coen and Nadler, &#8220;This is one of the most closely guarded secrets of the British government.&#8221;</p>
<p>The question is, did David Kelly threaten to reveal these &#8220;closely guarded secrets&#8221; in the book he was preparing, and was this a motive for certain &#8220;dark actors&#8221; to eliminate a person now considered &#8220;an enemy of the state&#8221;?</p>
<p>These programs are not Cold War relics. Biological weapons research continues today and remain one of America&#8217;s most deadly secrets. As the 2001 anthrax attacks which employed a weaponized version of the bacteria to sow terror, and subsequent FBI cover-up illustrate, such programs remain fully operational.</p>
<p>The evidence suggests that Dr. David Kelly, as Norman Baker avers &#8220;may have signed his own death warrant&#8221; by threatening to reveal this secret underworld menacing all humanity with unimaginable horrors.</p>
<p>That an out-of-control agency like the CIA has the means, motives and opportunity to silence critics and that &#8220;no geographical limitations&#8221; were placed &#8220;on the agency&#8217;s actions,&#8221; should give pause to a society that considers itself a democracy.</p>
<p>Media revelations so far have suggested that the CIA and Special Operations Forces were assembling teams to &#8220;put bullets in [the al Qaeda leaders'] heads&#8221; as <em>The Wall Street Journal</em> reported.</p>
<p>But perhaps the Obama administration&#8217;s trepidation in exploring this and other Bush-era programs through congressional hearings or the mechanism of a special prosecutor has much to do with fear of opening a proverbial can of worms.</p>
<p>One never knows where such an investigation might lead.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/was-dr-david-kelly-a-target-of-dick-cheneys-executive-assassination-ring/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Obama: Demystifying Change in Foreign Policy</title>
		<link>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/obama-demystifying-change-in-foreign-policy/</link>
		<comments>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/obama-demystifying-change-in-foreign-policy/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2009 13:59:47 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bryann Alexandros</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Afghanistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Asia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Imperialism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Legal/Constitutional]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Middle East]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Obama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pakistan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Terrorism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Torture]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://dissidentvoice.org/?p=9120</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[President Barack Obama, former American senator and constitutional law professor, busied himself the past couple months amending America&#8217;s sunken world image. Traveling abroad, Obama conveyed freedom and friendship to sovereign nations while renouncing George Bush&#8217;s past unilateralist crusade; and back home, he reaffirmed his pledges for a new illustrious era of changes: transparency, accountability, return [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>President Barack Obama, former American senator and constitutional law professor, busied himself the past couple months amending America&#8217;s sunken world image. Traveling abroad, Obama conveyed freedom and friendship to sovereign nations while renouncing George Bush&#8217;s past unilateralist crusade; and back home, he reaffirmed his pledges for a new illustrious era of changes: transparency, accountability, return to the rule of law and the promise to restore the legitimacy of the Constitution.</p>
<p>The fireworks and hosannas had ended since his inauguration, but already within the several months of his official presidency Obama roused up some ruckus with the media that cried foul on the sudden reversal of promises. Columnists, bloggers, and civil watch groups had denounced his backpedaling on torture, wiretapping, and the sudden embrace of Bush-era shenanigans and secrecy. On July 1st of the <em>New York Times</em>, executive director Anthony D. Romero of the American Civil Liberties Union said that despite of the rhetoric, “there is no substantive break from the policies of the Bush administration.”</p>
<p>Probed for some justification, the confronted Obama skillfully argues about shifting realities on the ground, or about looking towards the future and not the past. Despite the rhetorical finesse, many relented and challenged the implied defense of Bush&#8217;s unconstitutional doctrines and the surrender of justice that was greatly overdue. On the other side of the veneer, Obama&#8217;s faithful diehards still cooed, countering any criticism of the president&#8217;s domestic and foreign policies with a fusillade. They charged that Obama was misunderstood, that the perceived missteps were merely a glowing part of his superb flexibility and competency.</p>
<p>Patience was preached for Americans to bear the status quo. If Obama continues the smooth rhetoric while strumming the goodwill of the public, it&#8217;s likely that people would continue to praise him on flexibility, rather than beating around the bush.</p>
<p>There&#8217;s much ado about Obama reversing course: it reveals a stunning betrayal of his original vision to end what Bush supposedly started, thus compelling everyone to speculate what changes he&#8217;s really professing. The brilliant, cosmopolitan, and eloquent Obama may captivate audiences and unite opposing political forces; but rhetoric aside, he had set America for a different and unexpected kind of change.</p>
<p><strong>Torture</strong></p>
<p>The planned January closing of Guantanamo Bay unveiled itself to be one of Obama&#8217;s symbolic changes on ending torture. However, in a stunning show of defiance and mockery for the rule of law, Obama announced &#8220;constitutionally tweaked&#8221; military tribunals for Guantanamo prisoners. The scathing news drew fire and a royal lambasting from civil liberty watchdogs and scholars, many who insisted that detainees should instead be swiftly tried in a legitimate federal court. In a statement by executive director Anthony D. Romero of the American Civil Liberties Union, despite these revamped tribunals, &#8220;the commissions system is inherently illegitimate, unconstitutional and incapable of delivering outcomes we can trust,&#8221; insisting that the whole system was designed to &#8220;ensure convictions, not achieve justice.&#8221;</p>
<p>The Obama administration was also drafting an executive order to employ &#8220;preventative detention,&#8221; a new system of imprisonment for terror suspects where the hard-to-charge and hard-to-convict would be whisked away to other detention centers and held indefinitely. What&#8217;s the incentive of shutting Guantanamo down if this administration opts for preventative detention? This farcical show of virtue with the prison closure is ruefully cosmetic than anything genuine.</p>
<p>Guantanamo became a brilliant symbolic ploy, a strategic cover allowing Obama to preserve other excruciating parts of Bush&#8217;s old terror policy like the CIA&#8217;s extraordinary rendition program and the denial of habeas corpus to combatants held in other prisons like Bagram, Afghanistan. </p>
<p>To commemorate the 25th anniversary of the Convention Against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment, Obama released a statement on June 26 where he said that his administration was “committed to taking concrete actions against torture and to address the needs of its victims.” This grandiose statement of good intentions doesn&#8217;t absolve Obama from refusing to prosecute George W. Bush or Dick Cheney for allowing torture in the first place, nor does it absolve him of invoking the &#8220;states secrets&#8221; privilege to banish legitimate torture lawsuits against the government.</p>
<p>Obama also supported the suppression of newer detainee abuse photos on the basis that it would inflame anti-American sentiment, even though it is known that the growing number of civilian deaths by US Forces in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan, had already triggered such sentiment within the local populaces. It&#8217;s likely these photographic revelations would prove that torture was a widely systematic operation involving the collusion of other higher ranking officials who wished to avoid prosecution. Obama would successfully shield them from their fates.</p>
<p>This torturous chronicle of theatrics fired up again on July 2nd when the <em>Washington Post</em> reported that the Obama administration continued to use tainted confessions obtained from torture to justify indefinite confinement. Mohammed Jawad, 17, was captured in December 2002 in Afghanistan as an enemy combatant. Since his capture as a juvenile at the age of 12, he had been whisked away to Guantanamo and subject to torture, beatings, and coercive interrogations for many years. According to <em>The Public Record</em>:</p>
<blockquote><p>The judge in Jawad&#8217;s military commission proceedings suppressed statements made by Jawad to Afghan and US officials following his arrest for allegedly throwing the grenade at US soldiers, concluding that [his confessions] were the product of torture and were made after Afghan authorities threatened to kill his family. However, the Obama administration, like the Bush administration, continues to rely on those same statements in arguing that Jawad should be held indefinitely.</p></blockquote>
<p>It&#8217;s no mystery why Obama desires to preserve and amplify parts of Bush&#8217;s terror policy abroad in which his voters had entrusted him to vanquish: he still intends to fight the perpetual war on terror on a newer front: Afghanistan and Pakistan. </p>
<p><strong>The Middle East and South Asia</strong></p>
<p>Iraq&#8217;s Sovereignty Day, conveniently marked alongside America&#8217;s own Independence Day, was proclaimed on June 30th by the pro-US Iraq government to commemorate the American “troop withdrawal” and hand over control to Iraq&#8217;s local forces. However doubts arose as Iraq experienced a violent backlash of bombings which continue to blight Iraq.</p>
<p>In an unsurprising turn of events, the purported withdrawal hyped by the US media was only a farce: US Troops were merely relocating and retiring to other military outposts outside of Iraq&#8217;s major cities, not departing from the country entirely. According to McClatchy, Obama&#8217;s plan would keep a force between 35000 to 50000 troops well after August 2010 to advise Iraq&#8217;s local forces. US Forces are not primed to withdraw from Iraq until Dec 2011 according to the Status of Forces Agreement (SoFA), but even this date can be extended indefinitely.</p>
<p>The Obama promise of “ending the war” must&#8217;ve been a knee-slapping jest for neo-conservative war planners and think-tanks. The word “Sovereignty” is a euphemistic term for hand-holding and puppetry by its country&#8217;s occupiers; just as a country being “pro-democractic” is a euphemism for any pro-Western satellite nation that is hopelessly subservient to its interlopers.</p>
<p>But there&#8217;s much reason to believe that the US won&#8217;t be retreating so soon even as the declared pullout date approaches. The US Had invested billions of dollars to build a complex military infrastructure here, including the largest embassy in the world that houses more than a thousand personnel to advise and influence every administrative aspect of Iraq. To dispel the myth of complete withdrawal, the July 9th <em>Mother Jones</em> highlights the incredible stake Washington holds here:</p>
<blockquote><p>Such a concentration of foreign officialdom in such a gigantic regional command center—and no downsizing or withdrawals are yet apparent there—certainly signals Washington&#8217;s larger imperial design: to have sufficient administrative labor power on hand to ensure that American advisors remain significantly embedded in Iraqi political decision-making, in its military, and in the key ministries of its (oil-dominated) economy.</p></blockquote>
<p>Because of US militaristic interventionism, the unstable, war-ravaged and ethnically splayed Iraq remains devoid of peace with more than a million Iraqis dead since the occupation.</p>
<p>As Obama plucked heartstrings and played on hopes to “end” the Iraq war, albeit differently, Obama had intensified operations in Pakistan&#8217;s northern provinces, and surged the troop count in Afghanistan to almost 70000. In late June, a US Drone attack killed as many as 70 people in Warziristan, prompting Pakistan to call an end to the indiscriminate strikes. Cornering Pakistan in an uncomfortable position against its own people, Obama had been bombing the remote provinces of Pakistan since the first days of his presidency killing scores of innocent civilians.</p>
<p>The ultra-traditional Pashtun people residing in Waziristan, bracing themselves every night at the creeping prospect that they may be ripped apart by missile strikes the next day, are poignantly aware of the Pakistani government&#8217;s complicity who command a joint offensive operation that contributed to the deaths and displacement of their people. The civilian government also long denied its duplicity in the missile strikes, merging their voices with the afflicted as if to feign sympathy while they declare the attacks should be halted and Pakistan&#8217;s sovereignty respected. Back in February 2009, the Predator drones were revealed to have originated from a secret US Base in Pakistan, confirming the deeper counter-terrorism and security symbiosis between the two nations. It&#8217;s no wonder Pakistan desires to shy itself away from its American counterpart during the bad press.</p>
<p>The continued bombing and offensives in Waziristan primes an inescapable chain of events: as Jihadist charities and groups here continue to console the afflicted while fomenting anti-Western support, anti-American sentiment would engulf the region in a violent fervor, finally forcing angry Pashtuns to capitulate to an insurgency to repel the broader occupation. As they vow to extract vengeance, Pakistan is pitted into a state of peril; Pakistan becomes a parallel of Iraq where civil war arises and the rest of the nation is driven into political and economic instability. Pakistan&#8217;s nuclear arsenal becomes endangered, and neo-conservative think-tanks and war sympathizers would finally flaunt this as a pretext to justify denuclearization, a plethora of troop escalations or even a full-scale invasion of Pakistan.</p>
<p>The myth about Pakistan “not being serious” about terrorism, thus justifying an American intervention, must be shamefully put to rest: the Talibanization and terrorism of these remote provinces is due solely to the American presence. Imran Khan, Pakistani opposition politician and leader of Movement of Justice, revealed on Democracy Now that the growing instability was a direct result of America&#8217;s meddling in the region:</p>
<blockquote><p>&#8230;there was no terrorism in Pakistan, we had no suicide bombing in Pakistan, [until] Pakistan sent its troops under pressure from the US. General Musharraf capitulated under the pressure and sent Pakistani troops into the tribal area and Waziristan. So it was that that resulted in what was the new phenomenon: the Pakistani Taliban. We had no militant Taliban in Pakistan, until we got in—we were forced into this US war on terror by a military dictator, not by the people of Pakistan&#8230;</p></blockquote>
<p><strong>The Real Meaning of Change</strong></p>
<p>Obama might&#8217;ve thought he&#8217;d be cut some slack from other foreign policy blunders: like supporting rose-revolution Georgia while mistakenly accusing Russia as the aggressor in the South Ossetia war, or failing to condemn Israel&#8217;s disproportionate attacks on Gaza last winter that resulted in the deaths of innocent civilians. However, coupled with his overall progress in Middle East foreign policy, all of this isn&#8217;t a sign of incompetence or flexibility, but evidence that he intends to stay the course with the imperial war machine while deliberately crafting rhetoric to pretend otherwise.</p>
<p>Blaming Obama as just a cunning politician is only part of the grander picture. There&#8217;s an existential significance on why such a smart and glowing man like Obama engages in a quiet tactical repackaging of all his political endeavors, especially in a time when America&#8217;s image languishes at an all-time abysmal low. Anthony Arnove in an interview with <em>Socialist Worker</em> puts it into perspective:</p>
<blockquote><p>Essentially, during the Bush administration, whole sections of the left acted as if empire began with George W. Bush. As if it was something managed only by a handful of people: George Bush, Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, sections of the neo-conservative movement, perhaps even the Republican Party more generally. That takes the events of the last eight years out of the context of a history of US empire and aggression and intervention in global affairs going back to the 19th century. So in a sense, [Obama] does continue some of Bush&#8217;s policies, minus unilateralism, but ultimately is preserving the neo-conservative foreign policy agenda.</p></blockquote>
<p>That must be the meaning of change. The goal was not to restore the rule of law and constitutional legitimacy, but to transcend the Bush administration&#8217;s cowboy unilateralism and tactfully reassert a neo-conservative normalcy in America&#8217;s foreign policy. America unwittingly received a repackaged war program for those so hyperfocused on Bush-era crimes that they forgot these imperialistic dreams of American empire existed past the times of the Bushes. Obama coddled and kept his war hawk administration, continues the destabilization of Pakistan, and marches on with the broader war on terror.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s no mystery why he continues the mimicry of due process yet engages preventative detention, the further suppression of abuse photos, and the denial of habeas corpus to foreign enemy combatants. The Iraq withdrawal facade and his funneling of troops and resources into Afghanistan and the Pakistani frontier, reveals that while preaching good intentions and a faux openness with the public, he still cannot escape the bipartisan war agenda.</p>
<p>Promises are lofty and bittersweet until voters realize that the two-party system is a dead construct with only counterfeit solutions. For Obama, change is just politics as usual.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://dissidentvoice.org/2009/07/obama-demystifying-change-in-foreign-policy/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
